TW202100665A - Photosensitive colored composition - Google Patents

Photosensitive colored composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202100665A
TW202100665A TW109127386A TW109127386A TW202100665A TW 202100665 A TW202100665 A TW 202100665A TW 109127386 A TW109127386 A TW 109127386A TW 109127386 A TW109127386 A TW 109127386A TW 202100665 A TW202100665 A TW 202100665A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
mass
ring
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW109127386A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI776205B (en
Inventor
伊藤敦哉
小川善秀
大津猛
裴麗華
Original Assignee
日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=56879478&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=TW202100665(A) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商三菱化學股份有限公司
Publication of TW202100665A publication Critical patent/TW202100665A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI776205B publication Critical patent/TWI776205B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09CTREATMENT OF INORGANIC MATERIALS, OTHER THAN FIBROUS FILLERS, TO ENHANCE THEIR PIGMENTING OR FILLING PROPERTIES ; PREPARATION OF CARBON BLACK  ; PREPARATION OF INORGANIC MATERIALS WHICH ARE NO SINGLE CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND WHICH ARE MAINLY USED AS PIGMENTS OR FILLERS
    • C09C1/00Treatment of specific inorganic materials other than fibrous fillers; Preparation of carbon black
    • C09C1/44Carbon
    • C09C1/48Carbon black
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1339Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1339Gaskets; Spacers; Sealing of cells
    • G02F1/13398Spacer materials; Spacer properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
  • Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

An object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive colored composition, which has a high light-blocking effect and can form a pattern having an excellent surface smoothness, and particularly is preferably used for a formation of a colored spacer. The photosensitive colored composition for colored spacer formation of the present invention comprises (a) a coloring agent, (b) an alkali soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (e) a solvent, and (f) a dispersant, wherein the photopolymerization initiator (c) contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following formula (I) :

Description

著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物 Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer

本發明係關於一種感光性著色組成物等。詳細而言,例如係關於在液晶顯示器等之彩色濾光片中較佳地用於形成著色間隔件等之感光性著色組成物、將該感光性著色組成物硬化所獲得之著色間隔件、具備該著色間隔件之影像顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition and the like. In detail, for example, it relates to a photosensitive coloring composition preferably used for forming a coloring spacer in a color filter of a liquid crystal display, etc., a coloring spacer obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition, and The image display device of the colored spacer.

液晶顯示器(LCD)係利用藉由對液晶接通、斷開電壓而切換液晶分子排列方式之性質。另一方面,構成LCD單元各構件中,藉由以光微影法為代表之利用感光性組成物之方法所形成者居多。該感光性組成物因易於形成微細之構造且亦易於進行對大畫面用基板之處理等原因,而有其應用範圍於今後進一步擴大之傾向。 The liquid crystal display (LCD) uses the property of switching the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules by turning on and off the voltage of the liquid crystal. On the other hand, most of the components constituting the LCD unit are formed by a method using a photosensitive composition represented by photolithography. The photosensitive composition has a tendency to further expand its application range in the future because it is easy to form a fine structure and is also easy to process substrates for large screens.

然而,使用感光性組成物所製造之LCD因感光性組成物本身之電特性、或感光性組成物中所包含之雜質之影響,而有無法保持施加至液晶之電壓,由此產生顯示器之顯示不均等問題之情形。尤其於彩色液晶顯示器中之更靠近液晶層之構件、例如液晶面板中為了保持2塊基板之間隔一定而使用之、所謂柱狀間隔件、光間隔件等中,其影響較大。 However, the LCD manufactured by using the photosensitive composition cannot maintain the voltage applied to the liquid crystal due to the electrical characteristics of the photosensitive composition itself or the influence of the impurities contained in the photosensitive composition, resulting in the display of the display The situation of inequality. Particularly, in color liquid crystal displays, components closer to the liquid crystal layer, such as so-called columnar spacers, optical spacers, etc., used in liquid crystal panels to keep the distance between two substrates constant, have a greater influence.

先前,於將不具有遮光性之間隔件用於薄膜電晶體(TFT,thin-film transistor)型LCD之情形時,存在作為開關元件之 TFT因透過間隔件之光而產生誤動作之情況。為了防止該情況,例如,於專利文獻1中記載有使用具有遮光性之間隔件(著色間隔件)之方法。 Previously, when spacers that do not have light-shielding properties are used in thin-film transistor (TFT) LCDs, there are switching elements The TFT malfunctions due to the light passing through the spacer. In order to prevent this, for example, Patent Document 1 describes a method of using a spacer having light-shielding properties (colored spacer).

另一方面,近年來,隨著面板構造之變化,提出有藉由光微影法一次形成高度不同之著色間隔件之方法。例如,於專利文獻2中揭示有如下內容:藉由組合數種光吸收特性不同之特定之顏料種類確保紫外線區域與可見光區域之光吸收之平衡,可維持遮光性及液晶之電壓保持率,並且實現形狀或階差之控制、及與基板之密接性。又,於專利文獻3中揭示有顏料中使用複數種有機著色顏料者,於專利文獻4中揭示有使用有機黑色顏料者。 On the other hand, in recent years, with changes in panel structure, a method of forming colored spacers of different heights at one time by photolithography has been proposed. For example, Patent Document 2 discloses the following: By combining several specific pigment types with different light absorption characteristics to ensure the balance of light absorption in the ultraviolet region and the visible region, the light shielding property and the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal can be maintained, and Realize the control of the shape or level difference and the adhesion with the substrate. In addition, Patent Document 3 discloses that a plurality of organic coloring pigments are used as a pigment, and Patent Document 4 discloses that an organic black pigment is used.

另一方面,於專利文獻5中記載有於彩色濾光片光阻用途中,為了提高硬化性而使用特定之肟酯化合物作為高感度之光聚合起始劑。 On the other hand, it is described in Patent Document 5 that in the use of a color filter photoresist, a specific oxime ester compound is used as a high-sensitivity photopolymerization initiator in order to improve the curability.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Technical Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本專利特開平8-234212號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-234212

專利文獻2:國際公開第2013/115268號 Patent Document 2: International Publication No. 2013/115268

專利文獻3:韓國登記專利第10-1266295號公報 Patent Document 3: Korean Registered Patent No. 10-1266295

專利文獻4:日本專利特表2014-529652號公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-529652

專利文獻5:日本專利特表2014-500852號公報 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Special Form 2014-500852

近年來,隨著面板構造之變化,要求進一步提高著色 間隔件之遮光性。作為提高遮光性之方法,可列舉使用遮光性較高之顏料之方法、或提高感光性著色組成物中之顏料含有比例之方法等。本發明者等人經研究發現,於專利文獻2~4所記載之感光性著色組成物中,併用遮光性較高之顏料等而進一步提高著色間隔件之遮光性後,於膜表面附近及膜底部附近,交聯密度差變大,因熱硬化過程之熱收縮而於塗膜表面產生皺褶,表面平滑性變得不充分。 In recent years, with the changes in panel structure, it is required to further improve The shading of spacers. As a method of improving the light-shielding property, a method of using a pigment with a higher light-shielding property, a method of increasing the content of the pigment in the photosensitive coloring composition, and the like can be cited. The inventors of the present invention have discovered through research that in the photosensitive coloring composition described in Patent Documents 2 to 4, pigments with higher light-shielding properties are used in combination to further improve the light-shielding properties of the colored spacers. Near the bottom, the difference in crosslinking density becomes larger, and wrinkles are generated on the surface of the coating film due to thermal shrinkage during the thermal hardening process, and the surface smoothness becomes insufficient.

另一方面,於專利文獻5中記載有使用特定之肟酯化合物作為彩色光阻之光聚合起始劑。然而,於專利文獻5中,並未記載或暗示將該肟酯化合物用作用以形成著色間隔件之感光性著色組成物之光聚合起始劑。因此,並不明白於該肟酯化合物用作著色間隔件形成用之感光性著色組成物之光聚合起始劑之情形時發揮何種作用。 On the other hand, Patent Document 5 describes the use of a specific oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator for color resist. However, in Patent Document 5, there is no description or suggestion that the oxime ester compound is used as a photopolymerization initiator for forming the photosensitive coloring composition of the colored spacer. Therefore, it is not clear what role the oxime ester compound plays when it is used as a photopolymerization initiator for the photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer.

本發明係鑒於上述情況而完成者,本發明之目的在於提供一種能夠形成遮光性較高且表面平滑性優異之圖案之感光性著色組成物。 The present invention was completed in view of the above-mentioned circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a pattern with high light-shielding properties and excellent surface smoothness.

本發明者等人為解決上述課題而進行了努力研究,結果發現藉由在感光性著色組成物中使用特定之肟酯系化合物作為光聚合起始劑,可解決上述課題,從而完成了本發明。 The inventors of the present invention made diligent studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a specific oxime ester-based compound as a photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive coloring composition, and completed the present invention.

即,本發明具有以下[1]~[14]之構成。[1]一種著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其係含有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑者,其特徵在於: That is, the present invention has the following configurations [1] to [14]. [1] A photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer, which contains (a) a colorant, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, ( e) Solvent and (f) dispersant, characterized in that:

上述(c)光聚合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物。 The said (c) photopolymerization initiator contains the oxime ester type compound represented by following formula (I).

[化1]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0004-4
[化1]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0004-4

(上述通式(I)中, (In the above general formula (I),

R1表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R 1 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.

R2表示可具有取代基之烷醯基、或可具有取代基之芳醯基。 R 2 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent.

R3表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基。 R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.

R4表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R 4 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.

R5及R6分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環。其中,R5及R6之至少任一者為可具有取代基之萘環。 R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or an optionally substituted naphthalene ring. Among them, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent.

R1及R4之至少任一者具有-OR7基作為取代基。其中,R7表示鹵烷基。 At least one of R 1 and R 4 has an -OR 7 group as a substituent. Here, R 7 represents a haloalkyl group.

X表示直接鍵或羰基。 X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

Z表示直接鍵或羰基。) Z represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group. )

[2]如[1]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述(a)著色劑含有選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種、及選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種。 [2] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [1], wherein the (a) colorant contains at least one selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments, and is selected from At least one of the group consisting of blue pigment and purple pigment.

[3]如[2]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述紅色顏料為以下之(1),上述橙色顏料為以下之(2),上述藍色顏料為以下之(3),上述紫色顏料為以下之(4)。 [3] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [2], wherein the red pigment is the following (1), the orange pigment is the following (2), and the blue pigment is the following (3), the aforementioned purple pigment is the following (4).

(1)選自C.I.顏料紅177、254中之至少1種 (1) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Red 177 and 254

(2)選自C.I.顏料橙43、64中之至少1種 (2) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64

(3)選自C.I.顏料藍15:6、60中之至少1種 (3) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60

(4)選自C.I.顏料紫23、29中之至少1種 (4) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29

[4]如[2]或[3]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料相對於上述(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比例為1質量份以上且30質量份以下。 [4] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [2] or [3], wherein at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a red pigment and an orange pigment is relative to the above (a) The content ratio of 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent is 1 part by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less.

[5]如[2]至[4]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料相對於上述(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比例為20質量份以上且90質量份以下。 [5] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to any one of [2] to [4], wherein at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a blue pigment and a purple pigment is opposed to The content ratio in 100 parts by mass of the aforementioned (a) colorant is 20 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less.

[6]如[1]至[5]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述(a)著色劑含有有機黑色顏料。 [6] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the (a) colorant contains an organic black pigment.

[7]如[6]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述有機黑色顏料含有下述式(1)所表示之化合物、其幾何異構物、其鹽、或其幾何異構物之鹽。 [7] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [6], wherein the organic black pigment contains a compound represented by the following formula (1), its geometric isomer, its salt, or its Salt of geometric isomers.

[化2]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0005-6
[化2]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0005-6

(上述式(1)中,R11及R16相互獨立地為氫原子、CH3、CF3、氟原子或氯原子; (In the above formula (1), R 11 and R 16 are independently a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , fluorine atom, or chlorine atom;

R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19及R20係與其他所有基相互獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、R21、COOH、COOR21、COO-、CONH2、 CONHR21、CONR21R22、CN、OH、OR21、COCR21、OOCNH2、OOCNHR21、OOCNR21R22、NO2、NH2、NHR21、NR21R22、NHCOR22、NR21COR22、N=CH2、N=CHR21、N=CR21R22、SH、SR21、SOR21、SO2R21、SO3R21、SO3H、SO3 -、SO2NH2、SO2NHR21或SO2NR21R22 R 12, R 13, R 14 , R 15, R 17, R 18, R 19 and R 20 lines of all other groups are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 21, COOH, COOR 21 , COO -, CONH 2. CONHR 21 , CONR 21 R 22 , CN, OH, OR 21 , COCR 21 , OOCNH 2 , OOCNHR 21 , OOCNR 21 R 22 , NO 2 , NH 2 , NHR 21 , NR 21 R 22 , NHCOR 22 , NR 21 COR 22, N = CH 2, N = CHR 21, N = CR 21 R 22, SH, SR 21, SOR 21, SO 2 R 21, SO 3 R 21, SO 3 H, SO 3 -, SO 2 NH 2 , SO 2 NHR 21 or SO 2 NR 21 R 22 ;

且選自由R12與R13、R13與R14、R14與R15、R17與R18、R18與R19、及R19與R20所組成群組中之至少1個組合可相互直接鍵結或者藉由氧原子、硫原子、NH或NR21橋接而相互鍵結; And at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R 12 and R 13 , R 13 and R 14 , R 14 and R 15 , R 17 and R 18 , R 18 and R 19 , and R 19 and R 20 Directly bond to each other or to bond to each other through oxygen atom, sulfur atom, NH or NR 21 bridge;

R21及R22相互獨立地為碳數1~12之烷基、碳數3~12之環烷基、碳數2~12之烯基、碳數3~12之環烯基或碳數2~12之炔基。) R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbons, cycloalkyl with 3 to 12 carbons, alkenyl with 2 to 12 carbons, cycloalkenyl with 3 to 12 carbons, or 2 ~12 alkynyl. )

[8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述(a)著色劑含有碳黑。 [8] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the (a) colorant contains carbon black.

[9]如[1]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述(a)著色劑含有有機顏料及碳黑。 [9] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [1], wherein the (a) colorant contains an organic pigment and carbon black.

[10]如[9]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述有機顏料含有選自由紅色顏料、橙色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種。 [10] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [9], wherein the organic pigment contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a red pigment, an orange pigment, a blue pigment, and a purple pigment .

[11]如[9]或[10]所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述有機顏料含有選自由以下之(1)~(4)所組成群組中之至少1種。 [11] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to [9] or [10], wherein the organic pigment contains at least 1 selected from the group consisting of (1) to (4) below Kind.

(1)選自C.I.顏料紅177、254中之至少1種 (1) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Red 177 and 254

(2)選自C.I.顏料橙43、64中之至少1種 (2) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64

(3)選自C.I.顏料藍15:6、60中之至少1種 (3) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60

(4)選自C.I.顏料紫23、29中之至少1種 (4) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29

[12]如[9]至[11]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著 色組成物,其中,上述有機顏料含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料。 [12] The photosensitive paint for forming colored spacers as described in any one of [9] to [11] A color composition in which the organic pigment contains a blue pigment and a purple pigment.

[13]如[9]至[12]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,碳黑相對於上述(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比例為5質量份以上且50質量份以下。 [13] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to any one of [9] to [12], wherein the content ratio of carbon black to 100 parts by mass of the colorant (a) is 5 mass Part or more and 50 parts by mass or less.

[14]如[1]至[13]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,硬化後之塗膜之膜厚每1μm之光學密度為1.0以上。 [14] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the optical density per 1 μm of the coating film thickness after curing is 1.0 or more.

[15]如[1]至[14]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其係用於藉由光微影法而一次形成高度不同之著色間隔件。 [15] The photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacers as described in any one of [1] to [14], which is used to form colored spacers of different heights at one time by photolithography.

[16]一種硬化物,其係將如[1]至[15]中任一項所記載之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物硬化所獲得。 [16] A cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer as described in any one of [1] to [15].

[17]一種著色間隔件,其係由[16]所記載之硬化物所形成。 [17] A colored spacer formed by the hardened material described in [16].

[18]一種影像顯示裝置,其具備[17]所記載之著色間隔件。 [18] An image display device comprising the colored spacer described in [17].

根據本發明,可提供能夠形成遮光性較高且表面平滑性優異之圖案之感光性著色組成物。又,可提供遮光性且表面平滑性優異之硬化物及著色間隔件,進而,可提供具備此種著色間隔件之影像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a photosensitive coloring composition capable of forming a pattern with high light-shielding properties and excellent surface smoothness. In addition, it is possible to provide a cured product and a colored spacer with excellent light-shielding properties and excellent surface smoothness, and further, an image display device provided with such a colored spacer can be provided.

以下,對本發明之實施形態進行具體說明,但本發明並不限定於以下實施形態,可於其主旨之範圍內進行各種變更而實 施。再者,於本發明中,所謂「(甲基)丙烯酸」意指「丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸」,關於「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」、「(甲基)丙烯醯基」亦同樣。 Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments, and various changes can be made within the scope of the gist. Shi. In addition, in the present invention, "(meth)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid", and the same applies to "(meth)acrylate" and "(meth)acryloyl".

所謂「(共)聚合體」意指包含均聚合體(homopolymer)及共聚合體(copolymer)之兩者,所謂「......酸(酐)」意指包含酸及其酸酐之兩者。又,於本發明中,所謂「丙烯酸系樹脂」意指包含(甲基)丙烯酸之(共)聚合體、包含具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之(共)聚合體。 The so-called "(co)polymer" means to include both homopolymer and copolymer, and the so-called "...acid (anhydride)" means to include both acid and its anhydride . In addition, in the present invention, the "acrylic resin" means a (co)polymer containing (meth)acrylic acid and a (co)polymer containing (meth)acrylate having a carboxyl group.

又,於本發明中,所謂「單體」係相對於所謂之高分子物質(聚合物)之用語,意指除狹義之單體(monomer)以外,亦包含二聚物、三聚物、低聚物等。 In addition, in the present invention, the term "monomer" refers to the term relative to the so-called high-molecular substance (polymer), meaning that in addition to the narrowly defined monomer (monomer), it also includes dimers, trimers, and oligomers. Polymer etc.

於本發明中,所謂「總固形份」意指感光性著色組成物中或下述油墨中所包含之除溶劑以外之總成分。 In the present invention, the term "total solid content" means the total components other than the solvent contained in the photosensitive coloring composition or the ink below.

於本發明中,所謂「重量平均分子量」係指利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)所得之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)。 In the present invention, the "weight average molecular weight" refers to the weight average molecular weight (Mw) converted from polystyrene obtained by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).

又,於本發明中,所謂「胺值」,只要未特別說明,則表示有效固形份換算之胺值,且為與分散劑之固形份每1g之鹼基當量之KOH之質量所表示之值。再者,關於測定方法見下文。另一方面,所謂「酸值」,只要未特別說明,則表示有效固形份換算之酸值,其藉由中和滴定而算出。 In addition, in the present invention, the so-called "amine value", unless otherwise specified, means the amine value in terms of effective solid content, and is the value expressed by the mass of KOH per 1g of the base equivalent of the solid content of the dispersant . In addition, see below for the measurement method. On the other hand, the so-called "acid value", unless otherwise specified, means the acid value in terms of effective solid content, which is calculated by neutralization titration.

又,於本說明書中,「質量」所表示之百分率或份與「重量」所表示之百分率或份含義相同。 In addition, in this specification, the percentage or part indicated by "mass" and the percentage or part indicated by "weight" have the same meaning.

[感光性著色組成物] [Photosensitive coloring composition]

本發明之感光性著色組成物含有 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains

(a)著色劑 (a) Coloring agent

(b)鹼可溶性樹脂 (b) Alkali-soluble resin

(c)光聚合起始劑 (c) Photopolymerization initiator

(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物 (d) Ethylene unsaturated compounds

(e)溶劑 (e) Solvent

(f)分散劑 (f) Dispersant

作為必需成分。又,本發明之感光性著色組成物視需要進而包含矽烷偶合劑等密接改善劑、塗佈性改善劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物等其他調配成分,通常,各調配成分係以溶解或分散於溶劑之狀態使用。 As an essential ingredient. In addition, the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention further contains adhesion improvers such as silane coupling agents, coatability improvers, development improvers, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, surfactants, pigment derivatives, and other blending components as necessary , Generally, each compounding component is used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent.

本發明之感光性著色組成物能夠形成遮光性較高且表面平滑性優異之圖案,因此可較佳地用於著色間隔件之形成,即,可較佳地用作著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can form patterns with high light-shielding properties and excellent surface smoothness, so it can be preferably used for the formation of colored spacers, that is, it can be preferably used as a photosensitive coloring spacer for forming colored spacers. Coloring composition.

另一方面,遮光性或表面平滑性等特性係於例如有機電致發光(EL,Electroluminescence)顯示裝置之發光部之間隔壁、尤其是著色間隔壁(著色障壁(bank))等除著色間隔件以外之用途中亦要求之特性,因此可不限於著色間隔件而使用。以下對本發明之感光性著色組成物進行詳述,只要未特別說明,則一併說明著色間隔件用途與著色間隔件以外之用途之兩者。 On the other hand, characteristics such as light-shielding and surface smoothness are attributed to the partitions of the light-emitting part of organic electroluminescence (EL, Electroluminescence) display devices, especially color-removing partitions such as colored partitions (banks). The characteristics are also required for other purposes, so it can be used without being limited to colored spacers. The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail below. Unless otherwise specified, both the use of the colored spacer and the use other than the colored spacer will be described together.

本發明之第1態樣相關之感光性著色組成物中,(a)著色劑含有選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種、及選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種,且(c)光聚 合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物。 In the photosensitive coloring composition related to the first aspect of the present invention, (a) the colorant contains at least one selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments, and is composed of blue pigments and purple pigments At least one in the group, and (c) light gathering The combined initiator includes an oxime ester compound represented by the following formula (I).

又,本發明之第2態樣相關之感光性著色組成物中,(a)著色劑包含作為下述通式(1)所表示之化合物、其幾何異構物、其鹽、或其幾何異構物之鹽之有機黑色顏料(以下,有時簡寫為「通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料」)。 In addition, in the photosensitive coloring composition related to the second aspect of the present invention, (a) the colorant contains a compound represented by the following general formula (1), its geometric isomer, its salt, or its geometric difference The organic black pigment of the salt of the structure (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "organic black pigment represented by general formula (1)").

又,本發明之第3態樣相關之感光性著色組成物中,(a)著色劑含有有機顏料及碳黑,且(c)光聚合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物。 In addition, in the photosensitive coloring composition related to the third aspect of the present invention, (a) the colorant contains an organic pigment and carbon black, and (c) the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime represented by the following formula (I) Ester compounds.

另一方面,本發明之第4態樣之感光性著色組成物係著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,且(c)光聚合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物。 On the other hand, the photosensitive coloring composition of the fourth aspect of the present invention is a photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer, and (c) the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime ester represented by the following formula (I) Department of compounds.

以下,只要未特別說明,則「本發明之感光性著色組成物」係指上述第1~4態樣之所有感光性著色組成物。 Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the "photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention" refers to all the photosensitive coloring compositions of the first to fourth aspects.

<(a)著色劑> <(a) Colorant>

本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑含有選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種、及選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種。如此,本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物藉由含有特定之有機著色顏料而可達成高遮光性。 The (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention contains at least one selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments, and is selected from the group consisting of blue pigments and purple pigments. Make up at least one of the groups. In this way, the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention can achieve high light-shielding properties by containing a specific organic coloring pigment.

作為(a)著色劑較佳為使用顏料,作為顏料,可使用無機顏料亦可使用有機顏料。就容易抑制液晶電壓保持率之降低而且抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,較佳為使用有機顏料。 (A) It is preferable to use a pigment as the coloring agent, and as the pigment, an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment may be used. From the viewpoint of easily suppressing the decrease in the voltage retention of the liquid crystal and suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays to control the shape or step difference, it is preferable to use an organic pigment.

該等顏料之化學構造並無特別限定。例如除偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、二

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0011-52
系、陰丹士林系、苝系等有機顏料以外,亦可利用各種無機顏料等。以下,以顏料編號表示可使用之顏料之具體例。以下所列舉之「C.I.顏料紅2」等用語意指顏色索引(C.I.)。 The chemical structure of these pigments is not particularly limited. For example, in addition to azo series, phthalocyanine series, quinacridone series, benzimidazolone series, isoindolinone series, two
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0011-52
In addition to organic pigments such as indanthrene, indanthrene, and perylene, various inorganic pigments can also be used. Hereinafter, specific examples of pigments that can be used are indicated by the pigment number. The term "CI Pigment Red 2" listed below means the color index (CI).

作為紅色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料紅1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276。 Examples of red pigments include CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53, 53: 1, 53: 2, 53: 3, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 4, 60, 63, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64, 64: 1, 68, 69, 81, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 83, 88, 90: 1, 101, 101: 1, 104, 108, 108: 1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146,147,149,151,166,168,169,170,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,181,184,185,187,188,190,193,194,200, 202,206,207,208,209,210,214,216,220,221,224,230,231,232,233,235,236,237,238,239,242,243,245,247,249, 250,251,253,254,255,256,257,258,259,260,262,263,264,265,266,267,268,269,270,271,272,273,274,275,276.

其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料紅48:1、122、168、177、202、206、207、209、224、242、254,進而較佳為C.I.顏料紅177、209、224、254。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Red 48:1, 122, 168, 177, 202, 206, 207, 209, 224, 242, 254 can be preferably cited, and C.I. Pigment Red 177, 209, 224, and 254 are more preferred.

再者,於分散性或遮光性之方面,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紅177、254、272。於利用紫外線使本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物硬化之情形時,作為紅色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收 率較低者。就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料紅254、272。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, and 272 in terms of dispersibility or shading properties. When the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention is cured by ultraviolet light, it is preferable to use ultraviolet light absorber as the red pigment The lower rate. From this viewpoint, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Red 254 and 272.

作為橙色(orange)顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料橙1、2、5、13、16、17、19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、48、49、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、77、78、79。 Examples of orange pigments include CI pigment orange 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 48 , 49, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 78, 79.

其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料橙38、71。再者,於分散性或遮光性之方面,較佳為使用C.I.顏料橙43、64、72。於利用紫外線使本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物硬化之情形時,作為橙色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者。就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料橙64、72。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Orange 38 and 71 can be preferably cited. Furthermore, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64, 72 in terms of dispersibility or shading properties. In the case of curing the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention with ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to use one with a low ultraviolet absorption rate as the orange pigment. From this viewpoint, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Orange 64 and 72.

作為藍色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料藍1、1:2、9、14、15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、17、19、25、27、28、29、33、35、36、56、56:1、60、61、61:1、62、63、66、67、68、71、72、73、74、75、76、78、79。 Examples of blue pigments include: CI Pigment Blue 1, 1: 2, 9, 14, 15, 15: 1, 15: 2, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 16, 17, 19, 25 , 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 36, 56, 56: 1, 60, 61, 61: 1, 62, 63, 66, 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78 , 79.

其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料藍15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6,進而較佳為C.I.顏料藍15:6。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6 can be preferably cited, and C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 is more preferred.

再者,於分散性或遮光性之方面,較佳為使用C.I.顏料藍15:6、16、60。於利用紫外線使本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物硬化之情形時,作為藍色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者。就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料藍60。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6, 16, 60 in terms of dispersibility or shading properties. When the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention is cured by ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to use a blue pigment having a low ultraviolet absorption rate. From this viewpoint, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Blue 60.

作為紫色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料紫1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50。 Examples of purple pigments include: CI Pigment Violet 1, 1: 1, 2, 2: 2, 3, 3: 1, 3: 3, 5, 5: 1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50.

其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料紫19、23,進而較佳為 C.I.顏料紫23。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Violet 19 and 23 can be preferably cited, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Violet 23.

再者,於分散性或遮光性之方面,較佳為使用C.I.顏料紫23、29。於利用紫外線使本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物硬化之情形時,作為紫色顏料,較佳為使用紫外線吸收率較低者。就該觀點而言,更佳為使用C.I.顏料紫29。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29 in terms of dispersibility or light-shielding property. In the case where the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention is cured by ultraviolet rays, it is preferable to use a purple pigment having a low ultraviolet absorption rate. From this viewpoint, it is more preferable to use C.I. Pigment Violet 29.

作為除紅色顏料、橙色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料以外可使用之有機著色顏料,例如可列舉綠色顏料、黃色顏料等。 Examples of organic coloring pigments that can be used in addition to red pigments, orange pigments, blue pigments, and purple pigments include green pigments and yellow pigments.

作為綠色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料綠1、2、4、7、8、10、13、14、15、17、18、19、26、36、45、48、50、51、54、55。其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料綠7、36。 Examples of green pigments include C.I. Pigment Green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 26, 36, 45, 48, 50, 51, 54, 55. Among them, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36 can be preferably cited.

作為黃色顏料,可列舉:C.I.顏料黃1、1:1、2、3、4、5、6、9、10、12、13、14、16、17、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、41、42、43、48、53、55、61、62、62:1、63、65、73、74、75、81、83、87、93、94、95、97、100、101、104、105、108、109、110、111、116、117、119、120、126、127、127:1、128、129、133、134、136、138、139、142、147、148、150、151、153、154、155、157、158、159、160、161、162、163、164、165、166、167、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、189、190、191、191:1、192、193、194、195、196、197、198、199、200、202、203、204、205、206、207、208。 Examples of yellow pigments include: CI Pigment Yellow 1, 1: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48, 53, 55, 61, 62, 62: 1, 63, 65, 73, 74, 75, 81, 83, 87, 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109, 110, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127: 1, 128, 129, 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 190, 191, 191:1, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208.

其中,可較佳地列舉C.I.顏料黃83、117、129、138、139、150、154、155、180、185,進而較佳為C.I.顏料黃83、138、139、150、180。 Among them, C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 154, 155, 180, 185 can be preferably cited, and C.I. Pigment Yellow 83, 138, 139, 150, and 180 are more preferred.

該等之中,就遮光性或形狀及階差之控制之觀點而言,較佳為含有以下顏料中之至少1種以上者。 Among these, it is preferable to contain at least one or more of the following pigments from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties or control of shape and level difference.

紅色顏料:C.I.顏料紅177、254、272 Red pigment: C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 272

橙色顏料:C.I.顏料橙43、64、72 Orange pigment: C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64, 72

藍色顏料:C.I.顏料藍15:6、60 Blue pigment: C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60

紫色顏料:C.I.顏料紫23、29 Violet pigment: C.I. Pigment Violet 23, 29

又,就遮光性或形狀及階差之控制之觀點而言,紅色顏料較佳為以下之(1),橙色顏料較佳為以下之(2),藍色顏料較佳為以下之(3),紫色顏料較佳為以下之(4)。 Also, from the viewpoint of light-shielding or shape and level control, the red pigment is preferably the following (1), the orange pigment is preferably the following (2), and the blue pigment is preferably the following (3) The purple pigment is preferably the following (4).

(1)選自C.I.顏料紅177、254中之至少1種 (1) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Red 177 and 254

(2)選自C.I.顏料橙43、64中之至少1種 (2) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64

(3)選自C.I.顏料藍15:6、60中之至少1種 (3) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60

(4)選自C.I.顏料紫23、29中之至少1種 (4) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29

再者,關於顏色之組合並無特別限定,就遮光性之觀點而言,例如可列舉:紅色顏料與藍色顏料之組合、藍色顏料與橙色顏料之組合、藍色顏料、橙色顏料與紫色顏料之組合等。 Furthermore, the combination of colors is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, for example, the combination of red pigment and blue pigment, the combination of blue pigment and orange pigment, blue pigment, orange pigment and purple Combinations of pigments, etc.

進而,除該等著色顏料外,可進而使用黑色色材。黑色色材之中,就容易抑制液晶之電壓保持率之降低而且抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,較佳為使用有機黑色顏料,尤其就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為使用作為下述式(1)所表示之化合物、其幾何異構物、其鹽、或其幾何異構物之鹽之有機黑色顏料。 Furthermore, in addition to these color pigments, black color materials can be further used. Among the black color materials, it is preferable to use organic black pigments from the viewpoint of easily suppressing the decrease in the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal and suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays to control the shape or the step difference. It is preferable to use an organic black pigment which is a compound represented by the following formula (1), its geometric isomer, its salt, or its geometric isomer salt.

[化3]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0015-7
[化3]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0015-7

式(1)中,R11及R16相互獨立地為氫原子、CH3、CF3、氟原子或氯原子; In formula (1), R 11 and R 16 are independently a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , fluorine atom, or chlorine atom;

R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19及R20與其他所有基相互獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、R21、COOH、COOR21、COO-、CONH2、CONHR21、CONR21R22、CN、OH、OR21、COCR21、OOCNH2、OOCNHR21、OOCNR21R22、NO2、NH2、NHR21、NR21R22、NHCOR22、NR21COR22、N=CH2、N=CHR21、N=CR21R22、SH、SR21、SOR21、SO2R21、SO3R21、SO3H、SO3 -、SO2NH2、SO2NHR21或SO2NR21R22 R 12, R 13, R 14 , R 15, R 17, R 18, R 19 , and R 20 and all other groups are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, R 21, COOH, COOR 21 , COO -, CONH 2 , CONHR 21 , CONR 21 R 22 , CN, OH, OR 21 , COCR 21 , OOCNH 2 , OOCNHR 21 , OOCNR 21 R 22 , NO 2 , NH 2 , NHR 21 , NR 21 R 22 , NHCOR 22 , NR 21 COR 22, N = CH 2, N = CHR 21, N = CR 21 R 22, SH, SR 21, SOR 21, SO 2 R 21, SO 3 R 21, SO 3 H, SO 3 -, SO 2 NH 2, SO 2 NHR 21 or SO 2 NR 21 R 22 ;

且選自由R12與R13、R13與R14、R14與R15、R17與R18、R18與R19、及R19與R20所組成群組中之至少1個組合可相互直接鍵結或者藉由氧原子、硫原子、NH或NR21橋接而相互鍵結; And at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R 12 and R 13 , R 13 and R 14 , R 14 and R 15 , R 17 and R 18 , R 18 and R 19 , and R 19 and R 20 Directly bond to each other or to bond to each other through oxygen atom, sulfur atom, NH or NR 21 bridge;

R21及R22相互獨立地為碳數1~12之烷基、碳數3~12之環烷基、碳數2~12之烯基、碳數3~12之環烯基或碳數2~12之炔基。 R 21 and R 22 are independently an alkyl group with 1 to 12 carbons, cycloalkyl with 3 to 12 carbons, alkenyl with 2 to 12 carbons, cycloalkenyl with 3 to 12 carbons, or 2 ~12 alkynyl.

通式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物具有以下之核心構造(其中,省略構造式中之取代基),推測反式-反式異構物最為穩定。 The geometric isomers of the compound represented by the general formula (1) have the following core structure (wherein, the substituents in the structural formula are omitted), and it is estimated that the trans-trans isomer is the most stable.

[化4]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0015-110
[化4]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0015-110

於通式(1)所表示之化合物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為藉由任意公知之合適之陽離子、例如金屬、有機、無機或金屬有機陽離子、具體而言為鹼金屬、鹼土金屬、過渡金屬、一級銨、二級銨、三烷基銨等三級銨、四烷基銨等四級銨或有機金屬錯合物補償其電荷之鹽。又,於通式(1)所表示之化合物之幾何異構物為陰離子性之情形時,較佳為相同之鹽。 When the compound represented by the general formula (1) is anionic, it is preferably by any known suitable cation, such as a metal, organic, inorganic or metal organic cation, specifically an alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, Transition metal, tertiary ammonium such as primary ammonium, secondary ammonium, trialkylammonium, quaternary ammonium such as tetraalkylammonium, or organometallic complex salt to compensate its charge. In addition, when the geometric isomers of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are anionic, they are preferably the same salt.

於通式(1)之取代基及其等之定義中,就存在遮蔽率變高之傾向而言,以下較佳。其原因在於認為以下之取代基不存在吸收,不會對顏料之色調造成影響。 Among the definitions of the substituents of the general formula (1) and the like, since there is a tendency for the shielding ratio to increase, the following are preferred. The reason is that the following substituents have no absorption and will not affect the color tone of the pigment.

R12、R14、R15、R17、R19及R20相互獨立地較佳為氫原子、氟原子、或氯原子,進而較佳為氫原子。R13及R18相互獨立地較佳為氫原子、NO2、OCH3、OC2H5、溴原子、氯原子、CH3、C2H5、N(CH3)2、N(CH3)(C2H5)、N(C2H5)2、α-萘基、β-萘基、SO3H或SO3 -,進而較佳為氫原子或SO3H。 R 12 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 19 and R 20 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a hydrogen atom. R 13 and R 18 are preferably hydrogen atom, NO 2 , OCH 3 , OC 2 H 5 , bromine atom, chlorine atom, CH 3 , C 2 H 5 , N(CH 3 ) 2 , N(CH 3 ) (C 2 H 5), N (C 2 H 5) 2, α- naphthyl, β- naphthyl group, SO 3 H or SO 3 -, further preferably a hydrogen atom or SO 3 H.

R11及R16相互獨立地較佳為氫原子、CH3或CF3,進而較佳為氫原子。 R 11 and R 16 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, CH 3 or CF 3 , and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

較佳為選自由R11與R16、R12與R17、R13與R18、R14與R19、及R15與R20所組成群組中之至少1個組合相同,更佳為R11與R16相同,R12與R17相同,R13與R18相同,R14與R19相同,且R15與R20相同。 Preferably, at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R 11 and R 16 , R 12 and R 17 , R 13 and R 18 , R 14 and R 19 , and R 15 and R 20 is the same, more preferably R 11 is the same as R 16 , R 12 is the same as R 17 , R 13 is the same as R 18 , R 14 is the same as R 19 , and R 15 is the same as R 20 .

碳數1~12之烷基例如為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、2-甲基丁基、正戊基、2-戊基、3-戊基、2,2-二甲基丙基、正己基、庚基、正辛基、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、十一烷基或十二烷基。 Alkyl groups with 1 to 12 carbon atoms are, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second butyl, isobutyl, tertiary butyl, 2-methylbutyl, n-propyl Pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, n-hexyl, heptyl, n-octyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, 2-ethyl Hexyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl or dodecyl.

碳數3~12之環烷基例如為環丙基、環丙基甲基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環己基甲基、三甲基環己基、苧基、降

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-53
基、
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-55
基、降蒈烷基、蒈烷基、薄荷基、降蒎基、蒎基、1-金剛烷基或2-金剛烷基。 Cycloalkyl groups with 3 to 12 carbon atoms are, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, trimethylcyclohexyl, limonyl, or
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-53
base,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-55
Group, norcarnyl, carnyl, menthyl, norpinyl, pinyl, 1-adamantyl or 2-adamantyl.

碳數2~12之烯基例如為乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丙烯-2-基、2-丁烯-1-基、3-丁烯-1-基、1,3-丁二烯-2-基、2-戊烯-1-基、3-戊烯-2-基、2-薄荷基-1-丁烯-3-基、2-甲基-3-丁烯-2-基、3-甲基-2-丁烯-1-基、1,4-戊二烯-3-基、己烯基、辛烯基、壬烯基、癸烯基或十二烯基。 Examples of alkenyl groups with 2 to 12 carbon atoms are vinyl, allyl, 2-propen-2-yl, 2-buten-1-yl, 3-buten-1-yl, 1,3-butadiene -2-yl, 2-penten-1-yl, 3-penten-2-yl, 2-menthyl-1-buten-3-yl, 2-methyl-3-buten-2-yl , 3-methyl-2-buten-1-yl, 1,4-pentadien-3-yl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl or dodecenyl.

碳數3~12之環烯基例如為2-環丁烯-1-基、2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基、3-環己烯-1-基、2,4-環己二烯-1-基、1-對薄荷烯-8-基、4(10)-苧二烯-10-基、2-降

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-56
烯-1-基、2,5-降
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-57
二烯-1-基、7,7-二甲基-2,4-降蒈二烯-3-基或莰烯基。 Cycloalkenyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms are, for example, 2-cyclobuten-1-yl, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, and 3-cyclohexen-1-yl. , 2,4-cyclohexadien-1-yl, 1-p-menthenene-8-yl, 4(10)-limonadiene-10-yl, 2-nor
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-56
En-1-yl, 2,5-nor
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0017-57
Dien-1-yl, 7,7-dimethyl-2,4-norcardien-3-yl or camphenyl.

碳數2~12之炔基例如為1-丙炔-3-基、1-丁炔-4-基、1-戊炔-5-基、2-甲基-3-丁炔-2-基、1,4-戊二炔-3-基、1,3-戊二炔-5-基、1-己炔-6-基、順-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、反-3-甲基-2-戊烯-4-炔-1-基、1,3-己二炔-5-基、1-辛炔-8-基、1-壬炔-9-基、1-癸炔-10-基或1-十二炔-12-基。 The alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is, for example, 1-propyn-3-yl, 1-butyn-4-yl, 1-pentyn-5-yl, 2-methyl-3-butyn-2-yl , 1,4-pentadien-3-yl, 1,3-pentadien-5-yl, 1-hexyn-6-yl, cis-3-methyl-2-pentene-4-yne- 1-yl, trans-3-methyl-2-pentene-4-yn-1-yl, 1,3-hexadiyn-5-yl, 1-octyne-8-yl, 1-nonyne- 9-yl, 1-decyn-10-yl or 1-dodecyn-12-yl.

鹵素原子例如為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。 The halogen atom is, for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.

上述通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料較佳為下述通式(2)所表示之化合物。 The organic black pigment represented by the above general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (2).

[化5]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0018-9
[化5]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0018-9

作為此種有機黑色顏料之具體例,以商品名可列舉Irgaphor(註冊商標)Black S 0100 CF(BASF公司製造)。該有機黑色顏料較佳為藉由下述分散劑、溶劑、方法分散而使用。又,若於分散時存在上述通式(2)之磺酸衍生物,則有分散性或保存性提高之情形。 As a specific example of such an organic black pigment, Irgaphor (registered trademark) Black S 0100 CF (manufactured by BASF Corporation) can be cited as a trade name. The organic black pigment is preferably dispersed and used by the following dispersant, solvent, and method. In addition, if the sulfonic acid derivative of the general formula (2) is present during dispersion, the dispersibility or storage properties may be improved.

作為上述通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料以外之黑色色材,可列舉:碳黑、乙炔黑、燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、花青黑、鈦黑、苝黑等。該等之中,就遮光性、影像特性之觀點而言,可較佳地使用碳黑。作為碳黑之例,可列舉如下碳黑。 Examples of black color materials other than the organic black pigment represented by the above general formula (1) include: carbon black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, titanium black, and perylene Black wait. Among them, carbon black can be preferably used in terms of light shielding properties and image characteristics. As an example of carbon black, the following carbon black can be mentioned.

三菱化學公司製造:MA7、MA8、MA11、MA77、MA100、MA100R、MA100S、MA220、MA230、MA600、MCF88、#5、#10、#20、#25、#30、#32、#33、#40、#44、#45、#47、#50、#52、#55、#650、#750、#850、#900、#950、#960、#970、#980、#990、#1000、#2200、#2300、#2350、#2400、#2600、#2650、#3030、#3050、#3150、#3250、#3400、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、OIL11B、OIL30B、OIL31B Manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation: MA7, MA8, MA11, MA77, MA100, MA100R, MA100S, MA220, MA230, MA600, MCF88, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30, #32, #33, #40 , #44, #45, #47, #50, #52, #55, #650, #750, #850, #900, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990, #1000, # 2200, #2300, #2350, #2400, #2600, #2650, #3030, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3400, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B , OIL11B, OIL30B, OIL31B

Degussa公司製造:Printex(註冊商標,下同)3、Printex30P、Printex30、Printex300P、Printex40、Printex45、Printex55、Printex60、Printex75、Printex80、Printex85、Printex90、Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V、 SpecialBlack550、SpecialBlack350、SpecialBlack250、SpecialBlack100、SpecialBlack6、SpecialBlack5、SpecialBlack4、Color Black FW1、Color Black FW2、Color Black FW2V、Color Black FW18、Color Black FW200、Color Black S160、Color Black S170 Manufactured by Degussa: Printex (registered trademark, the same below) 3, Printex30P, Printex30, Printex300P, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U , Printex V, SpecialBlack550, SpecialBlack350, SpecialBlack250, SpecialBlack100, SpecialBlack6, SpecialBlack5, SpecialBlack4, Color Black FW1, Color Black FW2, Color Black FW2V, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW200, Color Black S160, Color Black S170

Cabot公司製造:Monarch(註冊商標,下同)120、Monarch280、Monarch460、Monarch800、Monarch880、Monarch900、Monarch1000、Monarch1100、Monarch1300、Monarch1400、Monarch4630、REGAL(註冊商標,下同)99、REGAL99R、REGAL415、REGAL415R、REGAL250、REGAL250R、REGAL330、REGAL400R、REGAL55R0、REGAL660R、BLACK PEARLS480、PEARLS130、VULCAN(註冊商標,下同)XC72R、ELFTEX(註冊商標)-8 Manufactured by Cabot: Monarch (registered trademark, the same below) 120, Monarch280, Monarch460, Monarch800, Monarch880, Monarch900, Monarch1000, Monarch1100, Monarch1300, Monarch1400, Monarch4630, REGAL (registered trademark, the same below) 99, RECAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL330, REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, BLACK PEARLS480, PEARLS130, VULCAN (registered trademark, the same below) XC72R, ELFTEX (registered trademark)-8

Columbian Carbon公司製造:RAVEN(註冊商標,下同)11、RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22、RAVEN30、RAVEN35、RAVEN40、RAVEN410、RAVEN420、RAVEN450、RAVEN500、RAVEN780、RAVEN850、RAVEN890H、RAVEN1000、RAVEN1020、RAVEN1040、RAVEN1060U、RAVEN1080U、RAVEN1170、RAVEN1190U、RAVEN1250、RAVEN1500、RAVEN2000、RAVEN2500U、RAVEN3500、RAVEN5000、RAVEN5250、RAVEN5750、RAVEN7000 Manufactured by Columbian Carbon: RAVEN (registered trademark, the same below) 11, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN410, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN890H, RAVEN1000, RAVEN1020, RAVEN1040, RAVEN1060U , RAVEN1080U, RAVEN1170, RAVEN1190U, RAVEN1250, RAVEN1500, RAVEN2000, RAVEN2500U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000

碳黑亦可使用由樹脂所被覆者。若使用由樹脂所被覆之碳黑,則有使對玻璃基板之密接性或體積電阻值提高之效果。作為由樹脂所被覆之碳黑,例如可較佳地使用日本專利特開平09-71733號公報中所記載之碳黑等。於體積電阻或介電係數之方 面,較佳為使用樹脂被覆碳黑。 Carbon black can also be coated with resin. If carbon black coated with resin is used, it has the effect of improving the adhesion to the glass substrate or the volume resistance. As the carbon black coated with the resin, for example, the carbon black described in JP 09-71733 A, etc. can be preferably used. In terms of volume resistance or permittivity The surface is preferably resin-coated carbon black.

作為供於利用樹脂進行之被覆處理之碳黑,較佳為Na與Ca之合計含量為100ppm以下。碳黑通常以百分數等級含有以自製造時之原料油或燃燒油(或氣體)、反應停止水或造粒水、以及反應爐之爐材等混入之Na或Ca、K、Mg、Al、Fe等作為組成之灰分。其中,Na或Ca一般各含有數百ppm以上,藉由減少該等,有可抑制對透明電極(ITO)或其他電極之浸透而防止電性短路之傾向。 As carbon black used for the coating treatment with the resin, it is preferable that the total content of Na and Ca is 100 ppm or less. Carbon black usually contains Na or Ca, K, Mg, Al, Fe mixed from raw material oil or combustion oil (or gas) at the time of manufacture, reaction stop water or granulation water, and furnace materials of the reaction furnace in percentage levels. As the ash of the composition. Among them, Na or Ca generally contains hundreds of ppm or more each, and by reducing these, there is a tendency to suppress the penetration of transparent electrodes (ITO) or other electrodes and prevent electrical short circuits.

作為減少該等包含Na或Ca之灰分之含量之方法,能夠藉由如下方法實現,即,作為製造碳黑時之原料油或燃料油(或氣體)以及反應停止水,嚴選該等之含量儘量少者;及儘量減少調整結構之鹼性物質之添加量。作為其他方法,可列舉利用水或鹽酸等清洗自爐中製出之碳黑而將Na或Ca溶解並去除之方法。 As a method to reduce the content of the ash containing Na or Ca, it can be achieved by the following method, namely, as the raw material oil or fuel oil (or gas) and reaction stop water in the production of carbon black, the content is carefully selected Keep as few as possible; and minimize the amount of alkaline substances that adjust the structure. As another method, a method of washing carbon black produced from the furnace with water or hydrochloric acid to dissolve and remove Na or Ca can be cited.

具體而言,使碳黑混合分散於水、鹽酸、或過氧化氫水之後,若向水中添加難溶之溶劑,則碳黑移動至溶劑側而與水完全地分離,並且存在於碳黑中之大部分Na或Ca溶解於水或酸並被去除。為了將Na與Ca之合計量減少至100ppm以下,有單獨利用嚴選原材料之碳黑製造過程或者單獨利用水或酸溶解之方式便能夠實現之情形,藉由併用該2種方式,可更容易地將Na與Ca之合計量設為100ppm以下。 Specifically, after mixing and dispersing carbon black in water, hydrochloric acid, or hydrogen peroxide, if a poorly soluble solvent is added to the water, the carbon black moves to the solvent side and is completely separated from the water, and is present in the carbon black Most of the Na or Ca is dissolved in water or acid and removed. In order to reduce the total amount of Na and Ca to less than 100 ppm, it may be possible to use the carbon black manufacturing process of carefully selected raw materials alone or to dissolve it with water or acid alone. By combining these two methods, it can be easier The total amount of Na and Ca is set to 100 ppm or less.

又,樹脂被覆碳黑較佳為pH6以下之所謂之酸性碳黑。由於在水中之分散直徑(聚結直徑)變小,故而較佳為能夠被覆至微細單元。進而,較佳為平均粒徑40nm以下,鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP)吸收量140ml/100g以下。藉由設為上述範圍內,有獲得 遮光性良好之塗膜之傾向。平均粒徑意指數量平均粒徑,且意指藉由粒子影像解析所求得之圓當量徑,粒子影像解析即於數個視野拍攝利用電子顯微鏡觀察以數萬倍放大所拍攝之照片,且利用影像處理裝置對該等照片之粒子計測2000~3000個左右。 In addition, the resin-coated carbon black is preferably a so-called acid carbon black having a pH of 6 or less. Since the dispersion diameter (coalescence diameter) in water becomes smaller, it is preferable to be able to coat fine cells. Furthermore, it is preferable that the average particle diameter is 40 nm or less, and the dibutyl phthalate (DBP) absorption amount is 140 ml/100g or less. By setting it within the above range, you can get The tendency of coating films with good shading properties. The average particle size means the number average particle size, and means the equivalent circle diameter obtained by the particle image analysis. The particle image analysis is to take photos taken with tens of thousands of magnifications in several fields of view using an electron microscope, and The image processing device is used to measure about 2000 to 3000 particles in these photos.

由樹脂所被覆之碳黑之製備方法並無特別限定,例如適當調整碳黑及樹脂之調配量之後,可採用以下方法等:1.將樹脂與環己酮、甲苯、二甲苯等溶劑混合並加熱溶解獲得樹脂溶液,將該樹脂溶液與將碳黑及水混合而成之懸濁液混合攪拌而使碳黑與水分離,其後將水去除並進行加熱混練而獲得組成物,將該組成物成形為片狀並粉碎之後使之乾燥;2.將與上述同樣地製備之樹脂溶液與懸濁液混合攪拌而將碳黑及樹脂粒狀化之後,將所獲得之粒狀物分離、加熱而將殘留之溶劑及水去除;3.使馬來酸、富馬酸等羧酸溶解於上述例示之溶劑,添加、混合碳黑並使其乾燥,將溶劑去除而獲得添加有羧酸之碳黑之後,向其添加樹脂並乾燥摻和;4.將構成所被覆之樹脂之含反應性基之單體成分與水高速攪拌而製備懸濁液,聚合後冷卻而自聚合體懸濁液獲得含反應性基之樹脂,其後向其添加碳黑而混練,使碳黑與反應性基反應(使碳黑接枝)並進行冷卻及粉碎。 The preparation method of carbon black coated by resin is not particularly limited. For example, after appropriately adjusting the blending amount of carbon black and resin, the following methods can be used: 1. Mix the resin with solvents such as cyclohexanone, toluene, and xylene. Heat and dissolve to obtain a resin solution, mix and stir the resin solution with a suspension of carbon black and water to separate the carbon black and water, then remove the water and heat and knead to obtain a composition. The material is formed into flakes and pulverized and then dried; 2. The resin solution and suspension prepared in the same manner as above are mixed and stirred to granulate the carbon black and resin, and then the obtained granular material is separated and heated The remaining solvent and water are removed; 3. The carboxylic acid such as maleic acid and fumaric acid is dissolved in the above-exemplified solvent, and carbon black is added, mixed and dried, and the solvent is removed to obtain carboxylic acid-added carbon After the black, add resin to it and dry blend; 4. Stirring the monomer component containing reactive group and water at high speed to prepare a suspension, and then cool it after polymerization to obtain it from the polymer suspension The reactive group-containing resin is then added with carbon black and kneaded to react the carbon black with the reactive group (graft the carbon black), cool and pulverize.

進行被覆處理之樹脂之種類亦無特別限定,一般為合成樹脂,進而,由於構造中具有苯環之樹脂之兩性系界面活性劑作用更強,故而就分散性及分散穩定性之方面而言較佳。 The type of resin to be coated is also not particularly limited. Generally, synthetic resins are used. Furthermore, since the amphoteric surfactants of resins with benzene rings in the structure are more effective, they are better in terms of dispersibility and dispersion stability. good.

作為具體之合成樹脂,可使用:酚樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯樹脂、甘酞樹脂、環氧樹脂、烷基苯樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂、或聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚對苯二甲 酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、改質聚苯醚、聚碸、聚對苯二甲醯對苯二胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚胺基雙馬來醯亞胺、聚醚碸聚苯碸、聚芳酯、聚醚醚酮等熱塑性樹脂。 As specific synthetic resins, thermosetting resins such as phenol resin, melamine resin, xylene resin, diallyl phthalate resin, glycolphthalate resin, epoxy resin, alkylbenzene resin, etc. can be used, or polystyrene Ethylene, polycarbonate, polyterephthalene Ethylene Diester, Polybutylene Terephthalate, Modified Polyphenylene Ether, Polyurethane, Poly(p-phenylenediamine), Polyimide, Polyimide, Polyamine Thermoplastic resins such as maleimide, polyether benzene, polyarylate, and polyether ether ketone.

樹脂對碳黑之被覆量較佳為相對於碳黑與樹脂之合計量為1~30質量%,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可充分地被覆之傾向。另一方面,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可防止樹脂彼此之黏著,使分散性良好之傾向。 The coating amount of the carbon black by the resin is preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the carbon black and the resin, and by setting it to be more than the above lower limit value, it tends to be sufficiently coated. On the other hand, by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency that the adhesion of resins can be prevented and the dispersibility will be good.

如此以樹脂進行被覆處理而成之碳黑可依據常規方法用作著色間隔件之遮光材,可藉由常規方法製作將該著色間隔件設為構成要素之彩色濾光片。若使用此種碳黑,則有能以低成本達成高遮光率且表面反射率較低之著色間隔件之傾向。又,亦推測藉由利用樹脂被覆碳黑表面,亦有將Ca或Na封入至碳黑中之作用。 The carbon black coated with resin in this way can be used as a light-shielding material of the colored spacer according to a conventional method, and a color filter in which the colored spacer is used as a constituent element can be manufactured by a conventional method. If this type of carbon black is used, there is a tendency to achieve a colored spacer with a high shading rate and a low surface reflectance at low cost. In addition, it is also speculated that by coating the surface of carbon black with resin, it also has the effect of encapsulating Ca or Na in carbon black.

又,上述有機著色顏料除黑色色材以外,亦可使用染料。作為可用作色材之染料,可列舉:偶氮系染料、蒽醌系染料、酞花青系染料、醌亞胺系染料、喹啉系染料、硝基系染料、羰基系染料、次甲基系染料等。 Moreover, in addition to the black color material, a dye may be used for the said organic coloring pigment. Examples of dyes that can be used as color materials include: azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, quinonimine dyes, quinoline dyes, nitro dyes, carbonyl dyes, methine Basic dyes, etc.

作為偶氮系染料,例如可列舉:C.I.酸性黃11、C.I.酸性橙7、C.I.酸性紅37、C.I.酸性紅180、C.I.酸性藍29、C.I.直接紅28、C.I.直接紅83、C.I.直接黃12、C.I.直接橙26、C.I.直接綠28、C.I.直接綠59、C.I.反應黃2、C.I.反應紅17、C.I.反應紅120、C.I.反應黑5、C.I.分散橙5、C.I.分散紅58、C.I.分散藍165、C.I.鹼性藍41、C.I.鹼性紅18、C.I.媒染紅7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7等。 As the azo dyes, for example, CI Acid Yellow 11, CI Acid Orange 7, CI Acid Red 37, CI Acid Red 180, CI Acid Blue 29, CI Direct Red 28, CI Direct Red 83, CI Direct Yellow 12, CI Direct Orange 26, CI Direct Green 28, CI Direct Green 59, CI Reaction Yellow 2, CI Reaction Red 17, CI Reaction Red 120, CI Reaction Black 5, CI Disperse Orange 5, CI Disperse Red 58, CI Disperse Blue 165, CI Basic Blue 41, CI Basic Red 18, CI Mordant Red 7, CI Mordant Yellow 5, CI Mordant Black 7, etc.

作為蒽醌系染料,例如列舉:C.I.還原藍4、C.I.酸性 藍40、C.I.酸性綠25、C.I.反應藍19、C.I.反應藍49、C.I.分散紅60、C.I.分散藍56、C.I.分散藍60等。此外,作為酞菁系染料,例如可列舉C.I.還原藍5等,作為醌亞胺系染料,例如可列舉C.I.鹼性藍3、C.I.鹼性藍9等,作為喹啉系染料,例如可列舉C.I.溶劑黃33、C.I.酸性黃3、C.I.分散黃64等,作為硝基系染料,例如可列舉C.I.酸性黃1、C.I.酸性橙3、C.I.分散黃42等。 Examples of anthraquinone dyes include: C.I. Vat Blue 4, C.I. Acid Blue 40, C.I. Acid Green 25, C.I. Reactive Blue 19, C.I. Reactive Blue 49, C.I. Disperse Red 60, C.I. Disperse Blue 56, C.I. Disperse Blue 60, etc. In addition, as the phthalocyanine-based dye, for example, CI Vat Blue 5 and the like can be cited, as the quinoneimine-based dye, for example, CI Basic Blue 3, CI Basic Blue 9 and the like, and as the quinoline-based dye, for example, CI Solvent Yellow 33, CI Acid Yellow 3, CI Disperse Yellow 64, etc., and examples of nitro dyes include CI Acid Yellow 1, CI Acid Orange 3, CI Disperse Yellow 42, and the like.

該等顏料較佳為以平均粒徑通常成為1μm以下、較佳為0.5μm以下、進而較佳為0.25μm以下之方式分散而使用。此處,平均粒徑之基準為顏料粒子之數量。 These pigments are preferably dispersed and used so that the average particle diameter is usually 1 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm or less, and more preferably 0.25 μm or less. Here, the basis of the average particle size is the number of pigment particles.

再者,於本發明之第1態樣之感光性著色組成物中,顏料之平均粒徑係根據藉由動態光散射(DLS)所測定之顏料粒徑求出之值。粒徑測定係針對充分稀釋過之感光性著色組成物(通常稀釋而製備成顏料濃度0.005~0.2質量%左右,但若為測定機器所推薦之濃度,則依據該濃度)進行,且於25℃下測定。 Furthermore, in the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect of the present invention, the average particle diameter of the pigment is a value obtained from the particle diameter of the pigment measured by dynamic light scattering (DLS). The particle size measurement is performed on the fully diluted photosensitive coloring composition (usually diluted to prepare a pigment concentration of about 0.005 to 0.2% by mass, but if it is the concentration recommended by the measuring device, it is based on the concentration), and it is performed at 25°C Next measurement.

另一方面,本發明之第2態樣相關之感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑包含作為上述通式(1)所表示之化合物、其幾何異構物、其鹽、或其幾何異構物之鹽之有機黑色顏料。如此,認為其藉由包含特定之有機黑色顏料,可實現低介電係數及高遮光率。 On the other hand, the (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition according to the second aspect of the present invention includes the compound represented by the above general formula (1), its geometric isomer, its salt, or The organic black pigment of the salt of its geometric isomers. In this way, it is believed that by including specific organic black pigments, a low dielectric constant and a high shading rate can be achieved.

本發明之第2態樣中所使用之(a)著色劑除上述有機黑色顏料以外亦可含有其他著色劑。作為其他著色劑,較佳為使用顏料,顏料可為有機顏料亦可為無機顏料,就容易抑制液晶之電壓保持率降低且抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,更佳為使用有機顏料。作為有機顏料,可使用第1態樣中所列舉者。 The (a) colorant used in the second aspect of the present invention may contain other colorants in addition to the above-mentioned organic black pigment. As other colorants, it is preferable to use pigments. The pigments may be organic or inorganic pigments. From the viewpoint of easily suppressing the decrease in the voltage retention of liquid crystals and suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays to control the shape or step difference, it is more preferable Use organic pigments. As the organic pigment, those listed in the first aspect can be used.

進而,除該等顏料以外,可進而使用其他黑色色材。於其他黑色色材中,就容易抑制液晶之電壓保持率之降低及抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,較佳為使用上述通式(1)所表示以外之其他有機黑色顏料。作為其他有機黑色顏料,可列舉苯胺黑、苝黑、花青黑等。 Furthermore, in addition to these pigments, other black color materials can be further used. Among other black color materials, it is preferable to use organic black other than those expressed by the above general formula (1) from the viewpoint of easily suppressing the decrease in the voltage retention of the liquid crystal and suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays to control the shape or step difference. pigment. Examples of other organic black pigments include aniline black, perylene black, cyanine black, and the like.

又,於本發明之第2態樣中,可使用無機黑色顏料。作為無機黑色顏料,可列舉:碳黑、乙炔黑、燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、鈦黑等。該等之中,就遮光性、影像特性之觀點而言,可較佳地使用碳黑。作為碳黑之例,可使用第1態樣中所列舉者。又,亦可使用第1態樣中所列舉之染料等其他色材。 Furthermore, in the second aspect of the present invention, inorganic black pigments can be used. Examples of inorganic black pigments include carbon black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, and titanium black. Among them, carbon black can be preferably used in terms of light shielding properties and image characteristics. As an example of carbon black, those listed in the first aspect can be used. In addition, other color materials such as the dyes listed in the first aspect can also be used.

又,本發明之第3態樣之感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑含有有機顏料及碳黑。如此,藉由使用紫外線之吸收較少之有機顏料,容易控制形狀或階差;又,藉由除有機顏料以外使用碳黑,可達成高遮光性。 In addition, the (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition of the third aspect of the present invention contains an organic pigment and carbon black. In this way, by using organic pigments that absorb less ultraviolet light, it is easy to control the shape or level difference; and, by using carbon black in addition to organic pigments, high shading properties can be achieved.

有機顏料之種類並無特別限定,就密接性之觀點而言,較佳為含有選自由紅色顏料、橙色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種。作為紅色顏料、橙色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料,可使用第1態樣中所列舉者。 The type of organic pigment is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is preferable to contain at least one selected from the group consisting of red pigment, orange pigment, blue pigment, and purple pigment. As the red pigment, orange pigment, blue pigment, and purple pigment, those listed in the first aspect can be used.

該等之中,就遮光性、或形狀及階差之控制之觀點而言,較佳為含有以下(1)~(4)中之至少1種以上者。 Among these, it is preferable to contain at least one of the following (1) to (4) from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, or control of shape and level difference.

(1)選自C.I.顏料紅177、254中之至少1種 (1) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Red 177 and 254

(2)選自C.I.顏料橙43、64中之至少1種 (2) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64

(3)選自C.I.顏料藍15:6、60中之至少1種 (3) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60

(4)選自C.I.顏料紫23、29中之至少1種 (4) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29

該等之中,就可見光區域中、尤其是長波長區域中之遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為使用藍色顏料及/或紫色顏料。尤其,碳黑之吸收光譜中,吸光度自短波長起朝長波長向右下降,又,紫外線區域之吸光度亦高於有機顏料,因此就兼顧遮光性及製版性之觀點而言,較佳為併用藍色顏料及/或紫色顏料與碳黑,更佳為併用藍色顏料及紫色顏料與碳黑。 Among them, it is preferable to use a blue pigment and/or a purple pigment from the viewpoint of light-shielding in the visible light region, especially in the long wavelength region. In particular, in the absorption spectrum of carbon black, the absorbance decreases from the short wavelength toward the long wavelength, and the absorbance in the ultraviolet region is also higher than that of organic pigments. Therefore, from the viewpoint of both light-shielding and plate-making properties, it is better to use both A blue pigment and/or a purple pigment and carbon black are more preferably used in combination with a blue pigment and a purple pigment and carbon black.

又,就遮光性之觀點而言,有機顏料較佳為含有有機黑色顏料。作為有機黑色顏料,可使用第1態樣中所列舉者。又,亦可使用第1態樣中所列舉之其他有機著色顏料、或其他黑色色材、染料等。 In addition, from the viewpoint of light-shielding properties, the organic pigment preferably contains an organic black pigment. As the organic black pigment, those listed in the first aspect can be used. In addition, other organic coloring pigments, other black color materials, dyes, etc. listed in the first aspect may also be used.

又,本發明之第4態樣之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑只要可形成所需之著色間隔件則並無特別限定。例如,就容易抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,較佳為作為第1態樣而於上文敍述之、含有選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種、與選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種者。 In addition, the (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer of the fourth aspect of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can form the desired colored spacer. For example, from the viewpoint of easily suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays and controlling the shape or the level difference, it is preferable to contain at least 1 selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments as the first aspect described above. Species, and at least one selected from the group consisting of blue pigments and purple pigments.

如此,作為第4態樣之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑,可應用作為第1態樣之感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑而記載者,又,亦可應用作為第2或第3態樣之感光性著色組成物中所使用之(a)著色劑而記載者。 In this way, as the (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacers of the fourth aspect, (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition of the first aspect can be applied In addition, those described as the (a) colorant used in the photosensitive coloring composition of the second or third aspect can also be applied.

另一方面,於第4態樣之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物中,就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為至少含有黑色色材,更佳為至少含有碳黑。又,就容易抑制液晶之電壓保持率之降低且抑制紫外線之吸收而控制形狀或階差之觀點而言,更佳為至少包含上 述有機黑色顏料。就遮光性、及兼顧液晶之電壓保持率之降低之抑制與形狀或階差之控制性之觀點而言,亦可併用碳黑與有機黑色顏料。 On the other hand, in the photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer of the fourth aspect, from the viewpoint of light shielding properties, it is preferable to contain at least a black color material, and more preferably to contain at least carbon black. In addition, from the viewpoint of easily suppressing the decrease in the voltage retention rate of the liquid crystal and suppressing the absorption of ultraviolet rays to control the shape or the step difference, it is more preferable to include at least the above The organic black pigment. From the viewpoint of light-shielding properties and consideration of both suppression of the reduction in voltage retention of liquid crystals and control of shapes or steps, carbon black and organic black pigments can also be used in combination.

於第4態樣之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物中,作為該等著色劑之調配量,可採用下述本發明之感光性著色組成物中之較佳值。又,亦可根據所要求之光學密度而適當調整,亦可採用國際公開第2013/062011號、國際公開第2013/115268號、日本專利特表2014-534460號公報、日本專利特表2014-529652號公報、日本專利特開2014-146029號公報、國際公開第2013/179237號、日本專利特開2011-107707號公報等所記載之值。 In the photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer of the fourth aspect, as the compounding amount of the colorants, the following preferable values in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be adopted. In addition, it can also be adjusted appropriately according to the required optical density. International Publication No. 2013/062011, International Publication No. 2013/115268, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-534460, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-529652 No., Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-146029, International Publication No. 2013/179237, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-107707, etc.

<(b)鹼可溶性樹脂>、 <(b) Alkali-soluble resin>,

作為本發明中所使用之(b)鹼可溶性樹脂,只要為包含羧基或羥基之樹脂則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、含羧基之環氧樹脂、含羧基之胺基甲酸酯樹脂、酚醛清漆系樹脂、聚乙烯酚系樹脂等,其中較佳為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂。該等可單獨使用1種,或者將複數種混合而使用。 The (b) alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin containing a carboxyl group or a hydroxyl group. Examples include epoxy (meth)acrylate resins, acrylic resins, and carboxyl group-containing resins. Epoxy resins, carboxyl group-containing urethane resins, novolac resins, polyvinylphenol resins, etc., among which epoxy (meth)acrylate resins and acrylic resins are preferred. These can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of a plurality of types.

作為本發明中所使用之(b)鹼可溶性樹脂,就優異之製版性之觀點而言,尤其可較佳地使用下述鹼可溶性樹脂(b1)及/或鹼可溶性樹脂(b2)(以下,有時稱為「含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂」)。 As the (b) alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, from the viewpoint of excellent plate-making properties, the following alkali-soluble resin (b1) and/or alkali-soluble resin (b2) (hereinafter, Sometimes called "carboxyl-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin").

<鹼可溶性樹脂(b1)> <Alkali-soluble resin (b1)>

藉由使環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成,進而與多元酸及/或其酸酐進行反應所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂。 Alkali-soluble resin obtained by adding epoxy resin to α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group, and then reacting with polybasic acid and/or its anhydride .

<鹼可溶性樹脂(b2)> <Alkali-soluble resin (b2)>

藉由使環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成,進而與多元醇、及多元酸及/或其酸酐進行反應所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂。 It is obtained by adding epoxy resin to α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group, and then reacting with polyhydric alcohol, polybasic acid and/or its anhydride The alkali-soluble resin.

作為成為原料之環氧樹脂,例如可較佳地使用:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「Epikote(註冊商標,下同)828」、「Epikote1001」、「Epikote1002」、「Epikote1004」等)、藉由雙酚A型環氧樹脂之醇性羥基與表氯醇之反應所獲得之環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「NER-1302」(環氧當量323,軟化點76℃))、雙酚F型樹脂(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「Epikote807」、「EP-4001」、「EP-4002」、「EP-4004」等)、藉由雙酚F型環氧樹脂之醇性羥基與表氯醇之反應所獲得之環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「NER-7406」(環氧當量350,軟化點66℃))、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、聯苯環氧丙基醚(例如,三菱化學公司製造之「YX-4000」)、酚系酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN-201」、三菱化學公司製造之「EP-152」、「EP-154」、Dow Chemical公司製造之「DEN-438」)、(鄰、間、對)甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EOCN(註冊商標,下同)-102S」、「EOCN-1020」、「EOCN-104S」)、三環氧丙基異氰尿酸酯(例如,日產化學公司製造之「TEPIC(註冊商標)」)、三苯酚甲烷型環氧樹脂(例如,日本化藥公司製造之「EPPN(註冊商標,下 同)-501」、「EPN-502」、「EPPN-503」)、脂環式環氧樹脂(Daicel化學工業公司製造之「Celloxide2021P」、「Celloxide(註冊商標,下同)EHPE」)、將由二環戊二烯與苯酚之反應所得之酚樹脂環氧丙基化所得之環氧樹脂(例如,DIC公司製造之「EXA-7200」、日本化藥公司製造之「NC-7300」)、下述通式(B1)~(B4)所表示之環氧樹脂等。 As the epoxy resin used as the raw material, for example, bisphenol A type epoxy resin (for example, "Epikote (registered trademark, the same below) 828", "Epikote1001", "Epikote1002" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "Epikote1004" etc.), epoxy resins obtained by the reaction of the alcoholic hydroxyl group of bisphenol A epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (for example, "NER-1302" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (epoxy equivalent 323 , Softening point 76℃)), bisphenol F resin (for example, "Epikote807", "EP-4001", "EP-4002", "EP-4004", etc. manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), by bisphenol F Epoxy resin obtained by the reaction of alcoholic hydroxyl group of epoxy resin with epichlorohydrin (for example, "NER-7406" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (Epoxy equivalent 350, softening point 66°C)), bisphenol S Type epoxy resin, biphenyl glycidyl ether (for example, "YX-4000" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), phenol novolac type epoxy resin (for example, "EPPN-201" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., "EP-152", "EP-154" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, "DEN-438" manufactured by Dow Chemical Company), (ortho, meta, p) cresol novolac type epoxy resin (for example, Nippon Kayaku "EOCN (registered trademark, the same below)-102S", "EOCN-1020", "EOCN-104S"), triglycidyl isocyanurate (for example, "TEPIC( Registered trademark)”), triphenol methane type epoxy resin (for example, “EPPN (registered trademark, below) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Same) -501", "EPN-502", "EPPN-503"), alicyclic epoxy resins ("Celloxide2021P", "Celloxide (registered trademark, the same below) EHPE" manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), will be manufactured by Epoxy resin obtained by epoxidation of phenol resin obtained by the reaction of dicyclopentadiene and phenol (for example, "EXA-7200" manufactured by DIC Corporation, "NC-7300" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co.), The epoxy resin etc. represented by general formula (B1)~(B4).

具體而言,作為下述通式(B1)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉日本化藥公司製造之「XD-1000」,作為下述通式(B2)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉日本化藥公司製造之「NC-3000」,作為下述通式(B4)所表示之環氧樹脂,可列舉新日鐵住金化學公司製造之「ESF-300」等。 Specifically, the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B1) includes "XD-1000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B2) includes The "NC-3000" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., as the epoxy resin represented by the following general formula (B4), includes "ESF-300" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Chemical Co., Ltd., etc.

[化6]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0028-11
[化6]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0028-11

於上述通式(B1)中,a表示平均值,且表示0~10之數。R111表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基之任一者。再者,存在於1分子中之數個R111可分別相同亦可不同。 In the above general formula (B1), a represents an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 111 represents any of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbons, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbons, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. In addition, several R 111 in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化7]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-12
[化7]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-12

於上述通式(B2)中,b表示平均值,且表示0~10之數。R121表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~8之烷基、碳數3~10之環烷基、苯基、萘基、或聯苯基之任一者。再者,存在於1分子中之複數個R121可分別相同亦可不同。 In the above general formula (B2), b represents an average value and represents a number from 0 to 10. R 121 represents any of a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a biphenyl group. Furthermore, a plurality of R 121 in one molecule may be the same or different.

[化8]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-13
[化8]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-13

於上述通式(B3)中,X表示下述通式(B3-1)或(B3-2)所表示之連結基。其中,於分子構造中包含1個以上之金剛烷構造。c表示2或3之整數。 In the above general formula (B3), X represents a linking group represented by the following general formula (B3-1) or (B3-2). Among them, one or more adamantane structures are included in the molecular structure. c represents an integer of 2 or 3.

[化9]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-14
[化9]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-14

[化10]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-15
[化10]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0029-15

於上述通式(B3-1)及(B3-2)中,R131~R134及R135~ R137分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之金剛烷基、氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數1~12之烷基、或可具有取代基之苯基。*表示鍵結鍵。 In the above general formulas (B3-1) and (B3-2), R 131 to R 134 and R 135 to R 137 each independently represent an adamantyl group which may have a substituent, a hydrogen atom, and a carbon which may have a substituent An alkyl group of 1 to 12, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. * Indicates a bonding key.

[化11]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0030-17
[化11]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0030-17

於上述通式(B4)中,p及q分別獨立地表示0~4之整數,R141及R142分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之烷基或鹵素原子。R143及R144分別獨立地表示碳數1~4之伸烷基。x及y分別獨立地表示0以上之整數。 In the above general formula (B4), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and R 141 and R 142 each independently represent an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. R 143 and R 144 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. x and y each independently represent an integer of 0 or more.

於該等之中,較佳為使用通式(B1)~(B4)之任一者所表示之環氧樹脂。 Among these, it is preferable to use an epoxy resin represented by any one of general formulas (B1) to (B4).

作為α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、鄰、間或對乙烯基苯甲酸、(甲基)丙烯酸之α位鹵烷基、烷氧基、鹵素、硝基、氰基取代體等之單羧酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基馬來酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基丁二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基馬來酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基丁二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基己二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基氫鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯 氧基丁基馬來酸、作為使(甲基)丙烯酸與ε-己內酯、β-丙內酯、γ-丁內酯、δ-戊內酯等內酯類加成而成者之單體、或者使(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯與丁二酸(酐)、鄰苯二甲酸(酐)、馬來酸(酐)等酸(酐)加成而成之單體、(甲基)丙烯酸二聚物等。該等之中,就感度之方面而言,尤佳者為(甲基)丙烯酸。 As α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, ortho, meta or p-vinyl benzoic acid, (form Yl) α-position haloalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, nitro, cyano substituted monocarboxylic acids of acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylsuccinic acid, 2-(methyl) )Acrylic oxyethyl adipic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl hexahydrophthalic acid, 2-( Meth)acryloxyethyl maleic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxypropyl adipic acid, 2-(methyl) ) Acrylic oxypropyl tetrahydrophthalic acid, 2-(meth) acryloxy propyl phthalic acid, 2-(meth) acryloxy propyl maleic acid, 2-( Meth) acryloxy butyl succinic acid, 2-(meth) acryloxy butyl adipic acid, 2-(meth) acryloxy butyl hydrophthalic acid, 2-( Meth) acryloxy butyl phthalic acid, 2-(meth)acrylic acid Oxybutyl maleic acid, as a single product obtained by adding (meth)acrylic acid to lactones such as ε-caprolactone, β-propiolactone, γ-butyrolactone, and δ-valerolactone Or add hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate and succinic acid (anhydride), phthalic acid (anhydride), maleic acid (anhydride) and other acids (anhydrides) Monomers, (meth)acrylic acid dimers, etc. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable in terms of sensitivity.

作為使環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯加成之方法,可使用公知之手法。例如,可於酯化觸媒之存在下,以50~150℃之溫度使α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯與環氧樹脂進行反應。 As a method of adding an epoxy resin to α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group, a known method can be used. For example, in the presence of an esterification catalyst, α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group can be reacted with epoxy resin at a temperature of 50 to 150°C.

作為此處所使用之酯化觸媒,可使用:三乙胺、三甲胺、苄基二甲胺、苄基二乙胺等三級胺、氯化四甲基銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯化十二烷基三甲基銨等四級銨鹽等。 As the esterification catalyst used here, tertiary amines such as triethylamine, trimethylamine, benzyldimethylamine, benzyldiethylamine, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, Quaternary ammonium salts such as dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride.

再者,環氧樹脂、α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯、及酯化觸媒可單獨使用任1種,亦可併用2種以上。 In addition, epoxy resin, α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having carboxyl group, and esterification catalyst may be used alone, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.

α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之使用量較佳為相對於環氧樹脂之環氧基1當量為0.5~1.2當量之範圍,進而較佳為0.7~1.1當量之範圍。 The usage amount of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 1.2 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of epoxy group of epoxy resin. Preferably, it is in the range of 0.7 to 1.1 equivalents.

若α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之使用量較少,則不飽和基之導入量不足,後續之與多元酸及/或其酸酐之反應亦變得不充分。又,殘留大量環氧基亦不利。另一方面,若該使用量較多,則α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯以未反應物之形式殘留。於任一情形時均發現硬化特性變差之傾向。 If the amount of α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group is small, the introduction amount of unsaturated group is insufficient, and the subsequent use of polybasic acid and/or its anhydride The response also became insufficient. In addition, a large amount of epoxy groups remains unfavorable. On the other hand, if the amount used is large, the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or the α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester having a carboxyl group will remain as an unreacted product. In either case, the hardening characteristics tend to deteriorate.

作為多元酸及/或其酸酐,可列舉選自馬來酸、丁二酸、衣康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、二苯甲酮四羧酸、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、氯菌酸、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、及該等之酸酐等中之1種或2種以上。 Examples of polybasic acids and/or their anhydrides include those selected from maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, and partial Phenyltricarboxylic acid, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid, methylhexahydrophthalic acid, endo-methylene tetrahydrophthalic acid, chlorsaconic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid , And one or more of these acid anhydrides.

較佳為馬來酸、丁二酸、衣康酸、鄰苯二甲酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸、六氫鄰苯二甲酸、均苯四甲酸、偏苯三甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、或該等之酸酐。尤佳為四氫鄰苯二甲酸、聯苯四羧酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、或聯苯四羧酸二酸酐。 Preferably maleic acid, succinic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, hexahydrophthalic acid, pyromellitic acid, trimellitic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, Or such anhydrides. Particularly preferred is tetrahydrophthalic acid, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, or biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride.

關於多元酸及/或其酸酐之加成反應亦可使用公知之手法,可於與環氧樹脂及α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之加成反應相同之條件下,繼續進行反應而獲得目標物。 With regard to the addition reaction of polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, known methods can also be used. It can be used with epoxy resin and α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group. Under the same conditions of the addition reaction, continue the reaction to obtain the target product.

關於多元酸及/或其酸酐成分之加成量,所生成之含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂之酸值較佳為10mgKOH/g以上,更佳為20mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為50mgKOH/g以上。又,較佳為成為150mgKOH/g以下,更佳為140mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為120mgKOH/g之範圍之程度。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有鹼性顯影性變良好之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有硬化性能變良好之傾向。 Regarding the addition amount of the polybasic acid and/or its acid anhydride component, the acid value of the resulting carboxyl-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, and more Preferably, it is 50 mgKOH/g or more. In addition, it is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 140 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably about 120 mgKOH/g. By setting it as the above lower limit value or more, the alkali developability tends to become better, and by setting it as the above upper limit value or less, the curing performance tends to become better.

再者,於該多元酸及/或其酸酐之加成反應時,亦可添加三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇等多官能基醇而導入多支鏈構造。 In addition, during the addition reaction of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, polyfunctional alcohols such as trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol may be added to introduce a multi-branched structure.

含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂通常係藉由在向環 氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物混合多元酸及/或其酸酐之後、或者在向環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物混合多元酸及/或其酸酐及多官能基醇之後加溫而獲得。 Epoxy (meth)acrylate resins containing carboxyl groups are usually Oxygen resin and α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α, β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester reactant with carboxyl group after mixing polybasic acid and/or its anhydride, or after mixing epoxy resin and α, β- The reactant of unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group is obtained by mixing polybasic acid and/or its anhydride and polyfunctional alcohol and then heating.

於該情形時,多元酸及/或其酸酐與多官能基醇之混合順序並無特別限制。藉由加溫,多元酸及/或其酸酐對存在於環氧樹脂與α,β-不飽和單羧酸或具有羧基之α,β-不飽和單羧酸酯之反應物和多官能基醇之混合物中之任一羥基進行加成反應。 In this case, the mixing order of the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride and the polyfunctional alcohol is not particularly limited. By heating, the polybasic acid and/or its anhydride can react with the epoxy resin and α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid or α,β-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid ester with carboxyl group and polyfunctional alcohol Any hydroxyl in the mixture undergoes an addition reaction.

含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂之由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所測定之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1000以上,較佳為1500以上,更佳為2000以上,進而較佳為3000以上,尤佳為4000以上。又,通常為10000以下,較佳為8000以下,更佳為6000以下。若該重量平均分子量較小,則於顯影液中之溶解性較高,若過大,則於顯影液中之溶解性較低。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of carboxyl-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) in terms of polystyrene is usually 1000 or more, preferably 1500 or more, more preferably It is 2000 or more, more preferably 3000 or more, and particularly preferably 4000 or more. Also, it is usually 10,000 or less, preferably 8,000 or less, and more preferably 6,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight is small, the solubility in the developer is higher, and if it is too large, the solubility in the developer is lower.

含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上之樹脂混合而使用。 The carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin may be used alone, or two or more kinds of resins may be mixed and used.

又,亦可將上述含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂之一部分替換成其他黏合劑樹脂。即,亦可併用含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂與其他黏合劑樹脂。於該情形時,較佳為將(b)鹼可溶性樹脂中之含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂之比例設為50質量%以上、尤其是80質量%以上。 In addition, a part of the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin containing carboxyl group may be replaced with another binder resin. That is, a carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin and other binder resins may be used in combination. In this case, it is preferable to set the ratio of the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin in (b) alkali-soluble resin to 50% by mass or more, especially 80% by mass or more.

可與含羧基之環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯樹脂併用之其他黏合劑樹脂並無限制,只要自感光性著色組成物通常所使用之樹脂中選擇即可。例如,可列舉日本專利特開2007-271727號公報、日本 專利特開2007-316620號公報、日本專利特開2007-334290號公報等所記載之黏合劑樹脂等。再者,其他黏合劑樹脂均可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上組合而使用。 There are no restrictions on other binder resins that can be used in combination with the carboxyl group-containing epoxy (meth)acrylate resin, as long as it is selected from resins generally used in photosensitive coloring compositions. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-271727, Japanese Binder resins described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-316620 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-334290. In addition, all other binder resins may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

又,作為(b)鹼可溶性樹脂,就與顏料或分散劑等之相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為使用丙烯酸系樹脂,可較佳地使用日本專利特開2014-137466號公報所記載者。 In addition, as (b) alkali-soluble resin, from the viewpoint of compatibility with pigments, dispersants, etc., acrylic resins are preferably used, and those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-137466 can be preferably used. .

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉具有1個以上之羧基之乙烯性不飽和單體(以下,稱為「不飽和單體(b1)」)與其他能夠共聚合之乙烯性不飽和單體(以下,稱為「不飽和單體(b2)」)的共聚合體。 Examples of acrylic resins include ethylenically unsaturated monomers having one or more carboxyl groups (hereinafter referred to as "unsaturated monomer (b1)") and other copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated monomers (hereinafter , Called "unsaturated monomer (b2)") copolymer.

作為不飽和單體(b1),例如可列舉:如(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸、α-氯丙烯酸、肉桂酸之不飽和單羧酸;如馬來酸、馬來酸酐、富馬酸、衣康酸、衣康酸酐、檸康酸、檸康酸酐、中康酸之不飽和二羧酸或其酸酐;丁二酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯、鄰苯二甲酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯之2元以上之多元羧酸之單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯;如ω-羧基聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯之於兩末端具有羧基及羥基之聚合物之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯;對乙烯基苯甲酸等。該等不飽和單體(b1)可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合而使用。 The unsaturated monomer (b1) includes, for example, unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-chloroacrylic acid, and cinnamic acid; such as maleic acid, maleic anhydride, and fumaric acid , Itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, the unsaturated dicarboxylic acid of citraconic acid or its anhydride; succinic acid mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] ester, Phthalic acid mono[2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl] mono[(meth)acryloyloxyalkyl] ester of a two-valent or more polycarboxylic acid; such as ω-carboxypolyhexyl Lactone mono(meth)acrylate is a mono(meth)acrylate of a polymer having a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group at both ends; p-vinyl benzoic acid, etc. These unsaturated monomers (b1) can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

又,作為不飽和單體(b2),例如可列舉:如N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺之N-位取代馬來醯亞胺;如苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、對羥基苯乙烯、對羥基-α-甲基苯乙烯、對乙烯基苄基環氧丙基醚、乙烯合萘之芳香族乙烯基化合物; In addition, as the unsaturated monomer (b2), for example, N-substituted maleimines such as N-phenylmaleimines and N-cyclohexylmaleimines; such as styrene, Aromatic vinyl compounds such as α-methylstyrene, p-hydroxystyrene, p-hydroxy-α-methylstyrene, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether and vinyl naphthalene;

如(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、聚乙二醇(聚合度2~10)甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇(聚合度2~10)甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇(聚合度2~10)單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇(聚合度2~10)單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0035-58
酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、丙三醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基苯酯、對茴香基酚之環氧乙烷改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯、3-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基]氧雜環丁烷、3-[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基]-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷之(甲基)丙烯酸酯; Such as methyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, allyl (meth)acrylate, Benzyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol (degree of polymerization 2-10) methyl ether (meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol (degree of polymerization 2-10) methyl ether (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol (Degree of polymerization 2~10) mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol (degree of polymerization 2~10) mono(meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl(meth)acrylate, iso(meth)acrylate
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0035-58
Ester, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate, (meth) 4-hydroxyphenyl acrylate, ethylene oxide modification of p-anisylphenol (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate , 3-[(meth)acryloxymethyl]oxetane, 3-[(meth)acryloxymethyl]-3-ethyloxetane (methyl) Acrylate;

如環己基乙烯醚、異

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0035-59
基乙烯醚、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷-8-基乙烯醚、五環十五烷基乙烯醚、3-(乙烯氧基甲基)-3-乙基氧雜環丁烷之乙烯醚;如聚苯乙烯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、聚矽氧烷之於聚合體分子鏈之末端具有單(甲基)丙烯醯基之巨單體等。該等不飽和單體(b2)可單獨使用或者將2種以上混合而使用。 Such as cyclohexyl vinyl ether, iso
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0035-59
Vinyl ether, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl vinyl ether, pentacyclopentadecyl vinyl ether, 3-(vinyloxymethyl)-3-ethyloxetan Vinyl ethers of alkane; such as polystyrene, poly(methyl)acrylate, poly(n-butyl)acrylate, polysiloxane, which has a single (meth)acrylic acid group at the end of the polymer molecular chain The giant monomer and so on. These unsaturated monomers (b2) can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.

於不飽和單體(b1)與不飽和單體(b2)之共聚合體中,該共聚合體中之不飽和單體(b1)之共聚合比例較佳為5~50質量%,進而較佳為10~40質量%。藉由於此種範圍內使不飽和單體(b1)共聚合,有可獲得鹼性顯影性及保存穩定性優異之感光性著色組成物之傾向。 In the copolymer of the unsaturated monomer (b1) and the unsaturated monomer (b2), the copolymerization ratio of the unsaturated monomer (b1) in the copolymer is preferably 5-50% by mass, and more preferably 10-40% by mass. By copolymerizing the unsaturated monomer (b1) in such a range, there is a tendency to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition excellent in alkaline developability and storage stability.

作為不飽和單體(b1)與不飽和單體(b2)之共聚合體之具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開平7-140654號公報、日本專利特開平8-259876號公報、日本專利特開平10-31308號公報、日本 專利特開平10-300922號公報、日本專利特開平11-174224號公報、日本專利特開平11-258415號公報、日本專利特開2000-56118號公報、日本專利特開2004-101728號公報等所揭示之共聚合體。 Specific examples of the copolymer of the unsaturated monomer (b1) and the unsaturated monomer (b2) include, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 7-140654, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 8-259876, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Hei. Bulletin 10-31308, Japan Patent Publication No. 10-300922, Japanese Patent Publication No. 11-174224, Japanese Patent Publication No. 11-258415, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-56118, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101728, etc. Revealed copolymer.

不飽和單體(b1)與不飽和單體(b2)之共聚合體可藉由公知之方法製造,例如亦可藉由日本專利特開2003-222717號公報、日本專利特開2006-259680號公報、國際公開第2007/029871號等所揭示之方法控制其構造或Mw、Mw/Mn。 The copolymer of the unsaturated monomer (b1) and the unsaturated monomer (b2) can be produced by a known method, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-222717 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-259680 , The method disclosed in International Publication No. 2007/029871 etc. controls its structure or Mw, Mw/Mn.

<(c)光聚合起始劑> <(c) Photopolymerization initiator>

(c)光聚合起始劑係具有直接吸收光並引起分解反應或脫氫反應而產生聚合活性自由基之功能之成分。亦可視需要添加聚合促進劑(鏈轉移劑)、增感色素等添加劑而使用。 (c) The photopolymerization initiator is a component having the function of directly absorbing light and causing decomposition reaction or dehydrogenation reaction to generate polymerization active free radicals. It can also be used by adding additives such as a polymerization accelerator (chain transfer agent) and a sensitizing dye as needed.

本發明之感光性著色組成物中之(c)光聚合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物。如此,認為藉由包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物,對長波長光之吸光性因其咔唑骨架中所包含之萘環而變高,可提高塗膜內部之交聯密度;又,由於構造中具有鹵素原子,故而該化合物容易分佈於塗膜表面,可抑制膜表面之交聯密度因氧阻礙之影響而過度變高。 The (c) photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following formula (I). In this way, it is considered that by including the oxime ester compound represented by the following formula (I), the long-wavelength light absorption is increased by the naphthalene ring contained in the carbazole skeleton, and the crosslinking inside the coating film can be improved. Density; In addition, due to the halogen atoms in the structure, the compound is easily distributed on the surface of the coating film, and the crosslinking density of the film surface can be prevented from becoming excessively high due to the influence of oxygen barrier.

[化12]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0036-18
[化12]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0036-18

上述通式(I)中, In the above general formula (I),

R1表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R 1 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.

R2表示可具有取代基之烷醯基、或可具有取代基之芳醯基。 R 2 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent.

R3表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基。 R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.

R4表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基。 R 4 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.

R5及R6分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環。其中,R5及R6之至少任一者為可具有取代基之萘環。 R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or an optionally substituted naphthalene ring. Among them, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent.

R1及R4之至少任一者具有-OR7基作為取代基。其中,R7表示鹵烷基。 At least one of R 1 and R 4 has an -OR 7 group as a substituent. Here, R 7 represents a haloalkyl group.

X表示直接鍵或羰基。 X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

Z表示直接鍵或羰基。 Z represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group.

作為R1中之芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基及芳香族雜環基。其碳數較佳為30以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。又,通常為4以上,較佳為6以上。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有溶解性變得良好之傾向,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有容易兼顧感度與溶解性之傾向。 Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 1 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less. Moreover, it is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more. By setting it below the above upper limit value, the solubility tends to become good, and by setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency that both sensitivity and solubility tend to be compatible.

芳香族烴環基意指具有1個自由價之芳香族烴環。作為芳香族烴環基之芳香族烴環,可為單環亦可為縮合環,例如可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-60
環、聯三伸苯環、乙烷合萘環、熒蒽環、茀環等。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group means an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one free valence. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzene And pyrene ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-60
Ring, terphenylene ring, ethane naphthalene ring, fluoranthene ring, sulphur ring, etc.

又,芳香族雜環基意指具有1個自由價之芳香族雜環。作為芳香族雜環基之芳香族雜環,可為單環亦可為縮合環,例如可列舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-61
二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-62
唑環、苯并異 噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-63
環、嗒
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-64
環、嘧啶環、三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-66
環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-67
啉環、喹
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-68
啉環、啡啶環、苯并咪唑環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等。 In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic group means an aromatic heterocyclic ring having one free valence. As the aromatic heterocyclic ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group, it may be a single ring or a condensed ring, for example, furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-61
Diazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thieno Furan ring, benziso
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0037-62
Azole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-63
Ring, ta
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-64
Ring, pyrimidine ring, three
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-66
Ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-67
Quinoline ring
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0038-68
A morpholine ring, a phenanthridine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a piperidine ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinazolinone ring, a azulene ring, etc.

作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:烷基、羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、鹵烷基(氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為鹵素原子之烷基)、鹵烷氧基(氫原子之一部分或全部被取代為鹵素原子之烷氧基)等,就表面硬化性之觀點而言,較佳為鹵素原子、鹵烷基或鹵烷氧基,又,就合成容易性之觀點而言,較佳為不經取代。 Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include alkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, haloalkyl groups (an alkyl group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with halogen atoms), and haloalkoxy groups (An alkoxy group in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms are substituted with halogen atoms), etc., from the viewpoint of surface hardenability, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group or a haloalkoxy group is preferred, and the ease of synthesis From a viewpoint, it is preferable not to be substituted.

該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為可具有取代基之芳香族烴環基,進而較佳為可具有取代基之苯環基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may have a substituent is preferred, and a benzene ring group that may have a substituent is more preferred.

R2中之烷醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為2以上。又,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為20以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為7以下,更進而較佳為5以下,尤佳為3以下。 The carbon number of the alkyl group in R 2 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably 2 or more. Also, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 7 or less, still more preferably 5 or less, and particularly preferably 3 or less.

作為烷醯基之具體例,可列舉乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基等,該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為乙醯基或丙醯基,更佳為乙醯基。作為烷醯基可具有之取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為不經取代。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include acetyl group, propyl group, butyryl group, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, acetyl group or propyl group is preferred, and acetyl group is more preferred. . Examples of the substituent that the alkanoyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, etc., and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably unsubstituted.

R2中之芳醯基之碳數並無特別限定,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為7以上。又,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為20以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為10以下,尤佳為8以下。 The carbon number of the aryl group in R 2 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably 7 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 8 or less.

作為芳醯基之具體例,可列舉苯甲醯基、甲基苯甲醯基、萘甲醯基等,該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,更佳為苯甲醯基。 Specific examples of the aryl group include a benzyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group. Among these groups, the benzyl group is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.

作為芳醯基可具有之取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為不經取代。該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為將R2設為可具有取代基之烷醯基,更佳為設為不經取代之烷醯基,進而較佳為設為乙醯基。 Examples of the substituent that the aryl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and the like. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferably unsubstituted. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to set R 2 as an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably as an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably as an acetyl group. base.

R3中之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為5以上,尤佳為7以上。又,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為20以下,更佳為15以下,進而較佳為10以下。 The carbon number of the alkyl group in R 3 is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of compatibility, it is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, and still more preferably 10 or less.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基等,該等之中,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為辛基或2-乙基己基,更佳為2-乙基己基。 Specific examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility In particular, octyl or 2-ethylhexyl is preferred, and 2-ethylhexyl is more preferred.

作為烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、磷酸基等,就合成容易性之觀點而言,進而較佳為不經取代。該等之中,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為將R3設為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為設為不經取代之烷基,進而較佳為設為2-乙基己基。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a phosphoric acid group, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, it is more preferably unsubstituted. Among them, from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferable to set R 3 as an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably as an unsubstituted alkyl group, and still more preferably as 2-ethyl Base hexyl.

作為R4中之芳香族環基,可列舉芳香族烴環基及芳香族雜環基。其碳數較佳為30以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。又,通常為4以上,較佳為6以上。藉由設為上述上限值以下,有溶解性變得良好之傾向,藉由設為上述下限值以上,有容易兼顧感度與溶解性之傾向。 Examples of the aromatic ring group in R 4 include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The carbon number is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less. Moreover, it is usually 4 or more, preferably 6 or more. By setting it below the above upper limit value, the solubility tends to become good, and by setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency that both sensitivity and solubility tend to be compatible.

芳香族烴環基意指具有1個自由價之芳香族烴環。作為芳香族烴環基之芳香族烴環,可為單環亦可為縮合環,例如可列舉:苯環、萘環、蒽環、菲環、苝環、稠四苯環、芘環、苯并芘環、

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-69
環、聯三伸苯環、乙烷合萘環、熒蒽環、茀環等。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group means an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having one free valence. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be a single ring or a condensed ring. Examples include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, fused tetraphenyl ring, pyrene ring, benzene And pyrene ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-69
Ring, terphenylene ring, ethane naphthalene ring, fluoranthene ring, sulphur ring, etc.

又,芳香族雜環基意指具有1個自由價之芳香族雜環。作為芳香族雜環基之芳香族雜環,可為單環亦可為縮合環。例如可列舉:呋喃環、苯并呋喃環、噻吩環、苯并噻吩環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-70
二唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吡咯并咪唑環、吡咯并吡唑環、吡咯并吡咯環、噻吩并吡咯環、噻吩并噻吩環、呋喃并吡咯環、呋喃并呋喃環、噻吩并呋喃環、苯并異
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-71
唑環、苯并異噻唑環、苯并咪唑環、吡啶環、吡
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-72
環、嗒
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-73
環、嘧啶環、三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-74
環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-75
啉環、喹
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-76
啉環、啡啶環、苯并咪唑環、呸啶環、喹唑啉環、喹唑啉酮環、薁環等。 In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic group means an aromatic heterocyclic ring having one free valence. The aromatic heterocyclic ring as the aromatic heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. Examples include: furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-70
Diazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thieno Furan ring, benziso
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-71
Azole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-72
Ring, ta
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-73
Ring, pyrimidine ring, three
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-74
Ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-75
Quinoline ring
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0040-76
A morpholine ring, a phenanthridine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a piperidine ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinazolinone ring, a azulene ring, etc.

作為芳香族環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:烷基、羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為烷基或烷氧基,更佳為烷基,進而較佳為甲基。 Examples of substituents that the aromatic ring group may have include alkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, etc. From the viewpoint of solubility, alkyl groups or alkoxy groups are preferred, and alkyl groups are more preferred. , More preferably a methyl group.

取代基之數量並無特別限定,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為3以上。又,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下,進而較佳為4以下。 The number of substituents is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of compatibility, it is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and still more preferably 4 or less.

該等之中,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為將R4設為可具有取代基之芳香族烴環基,更佳為設為具有2個以上之甲基之芳香族烴環基,進而較佳為設為2,4,6-三甲苯基。 Among these, from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferable to set R 4 as an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, and more preferably to set it as an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 2 or more methyl groups. , And more preferably set as 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group.

R5及R6分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環或萘環。其中,R5及R6之至少任一者為可具有取代基之萘環。作為具體之組合,可列舉:R5為可具有取代基之苯環且R6為可具有取代基之萘環之組合、R5為可具有取代基之萘環且R6為可具有取代基之苯環之組合、R5為可具有取代基之萘環且R6為可具有取代基之 萘環之組合。 R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent. Among them, at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent. Specific combinations include: R 5 is a combination of optionally substituted benzene ring and R 6 is optionally substituted naphthalene ring, R 5 is optionally substituted naphthalene ring and R 6 is optionally substituted The combination of benzene ring, R 5 is a naphthalene ring that may have substituents, and R 6 is a combination of naphthalene ring that may have substituents.

該等之中,就吸光性之觀點而言,可列舉R5為可具有取代基之萘環且R6為可具有取代基之苯環之組合。 Among these, from the viewpoint of light absorption, a combination of R 5 being a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent and R 6 being a benzene ring which may have a substituent is mentioned.

於R5為可具有取代基之苯環之情形時,可列舉於苯環之1位鍵結N原子、於2位鍵結R6且於4位鍵結X之態樣。同樣地,於R6為可具有取代基之苯環之情形時,可列舉於苯環之1位鍵結N原子、於2位鍵結R5且於4位鍵結Z之態樣。 In the case where R 5 is a benzene ring which may have a substituent, an N atom is bonded to the 1-position of the benzene ring, R 6 is bonded to the 2-position, and X is bonded to the 4-position. Similarly, when R 6 is a benzene ring that may have a substituent, it may be exemplified that the N atom is bonded to the 1-position of the benzene ring, R 5 is bonded to the 2-position, and Z is bonded to the 4-position.

另一方面,於R5為可具有取代基之萘環之情形時,式(I)中鍵結於R5之X、N原子、R6亦可鍵結於該萘環之任一位。例如可列舉於萘環之1位鍵結有N原子、於2位鍵結有R6且於4位鍵結有X之態樣,或於萘環之1位鍵結有R6、於2位鍵結有N原子且於6位鍵結有X之態樣等。 On the other hand, when R 5 is a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent, the X, N atom and R 6 bonded to R 5 in formula (I) may also be bonded to any position of the naphthalene ring. For example, it can be enumerated in the state where N atom is bonded to the 1-position of the naphthalene ring, R 6 is bonded to the 2-position and X is bonded to the 4-position, or R 6 is bonded to the 1-position of the naphthalene ring, and R 6 is bonded to the 2-position. A state where N atom is bonded to position and X is bonded to position 6, etc.

同樣地,於R6為可具有取代基之萘環之情形時,式(I)中鍵結於R6之Z、N原子、R5亦可鍵結於該萘環之任一位。例如可列舉於萘環之1位鍵結有N原子、於2位鍵結有R5且於4位鍵結有Z之態樣、或於萘環之1位鍵結有R5、於2位鍵結有N原子且於6位鍵結有Z之態樣等。 Similarly, when R 6 is a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent, the Z, N atom and R 5 bonded to R 6 in formula (I) may also be bonded to any position of the naphthalene ring. For example, it can be enumerated in the state where N atom is bonded to the 1-position of the naphthalene ring, R 5 is bonded to the 2-position and Z is bonded to the 4-position, or the naphthalene ring is bonded to the 1-position with R 5 and 2 The position is bonded with N atom and the 6 position is bonded with Z, etc.

作為R5及R6中之苯環或萘環可具有之取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等,就感度之觀點而言,進而較佳為不經取代。 Examples of the substituent that may be possessed by the benzene ring or naphthalene ring in R 5 and R 6 include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is more preferably unsubstituted.

R1及R4之至少任一者具有-OR7基作為取代基。可為R1具有-OR7基,可為R4具有-OR7基,亦可為R1及R4分別獨立地具有-OR7基。該等之中,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為R1具有-OR7基。 At least one of R 1 and R 4 has an -OR 7 group as a substituent. R 1 may have a -OR 7 group, R 4 may have a -OR 7 group, or R 1 and R 4 may each independently have a -OR 7 group. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable that R 1 has a -OR 7 group.

R7表示鹵烷基,R7中之鹵烷基之碳數並無特別限定,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為3以上。又,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為10以下,更佳為7以下,進而較佳為5以下。鹵烷基中之碳鏈可為直鏈,可為支鏈,亦可為環狀,就製造容易性之觀點而言,較佳為直鏈。 R 7 represents a haloalkyl group, and the carbon number of the haloalkyl group in R 7 is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of compatibility, it is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 7 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less. The carbon chain in the haloalkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, the carbon chain is preferably linear.

鹵烷基所具有之鹵素原子之數量並無特別限定,就溶解性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,進而較佳為3以上。又,就相溶性之觀點而言,較佳為7以下,更佳為6以下,進而較佳為5以下。 The number of halogen atoms contained in the haloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and still more preferably 3 or more. Moreover, from the viewpoint of compatibility, it is preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and still more preferably 5 or less.

作為鹵烷基之具體例,可列舉:2,2,3,3-四氟丙基、2,2,2-三氟乙基、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-八氟戊基等,該等之中,就製造容易性之觀點而言,更佳為2,2,3,3-四氟丙基。作為鹵烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉羥基、烷氧基等,就製造容易性之觀點而言,較佳為不經取代。 Specific examples of haloalkyl include: 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5 -Octafluoropentyl and the like. Among these, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl is more preferable from the viewpoint of ease of production. Examples of the substituent that the haloalkyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the like. From the viewpoint of ease of production, it is preferably unsubstituted.

X表示直接鍵或羰基,就密接性之觀點而言,較佳為直接鍵,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為羰基。又,Z表示直接鍵或羰基,就密接性之觀點而言,較佳為直接鍵,就感度之觀點而言,較佳為羰基。 X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group, and from the viewpoint of adhesion, a direct bond is preferred, and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a carbonyl group is preferred. In addition, Z represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group. From the viewpoint of adhesion, a direct bond is preferred, and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a carbonyl group is preferred.

作為上述通式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物之具體例,可列舉以下者。 As a specific example of the oxime ester type compound represented by the said general formula (I), the following can be mentioned.

[化13]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0043-19
[化13]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0043-19

[化14]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0044-20
[化14]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0044-20

[化15]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0045-21
[化15]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0045-21

[化16]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0045-23
[化16]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0045-23

[化17]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0046-24
[化17]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0046-24

[化18]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0046-25
[化18]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0046-25

[化19]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0047-26
[化19]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0047-26

[化20]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0047-27
[化20]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0047-27

本發明之感光性著色組成物中之(c)光聚合起始劑為包含上述通式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物者,亦可為進而包含其他光聚合起始劑者。 The (c) photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains the oxime ester compound represented by the above general formula (I), or may further contain another photopolymerization initiator.

作為其他光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:日本專利特開 昭59-152396號公報、日本專利特開昭61-151197號公報所記載之包含二茂鈦化合物之二茂金屬化合物;日本專利特開2000-56118號公報所記載之六芳基聯咪唑衍生物;日本專利特開平10-39503號公報記載之鹵甲基化

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0048-77
二唑衍生物、鹵甲基-對稱三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0048-78
衍生物、N-苯基甘胺酸等N-芳基-α-胺基酸類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸鹽類、N-芳基-α-胺基酸酯類等自由基活性劑、α-胺烷基苯酮衍生物;日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特開2006-36750號公報、國際公開第2008/075564號、國際公開第2009/131189號等所記載之肟酯衍生物等。 As other photopolymerization initiators, for example, the metallocene compound containing the titanocene compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-152396 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-151197; Japanese Patent Special Hexaarylbiimidazole derivatives described in Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 2000-56118; halomethylation described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-39503
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0048-77
Diazole derivatives, halomethyl-symmetric three
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0048-78
Derivatives, N-aryl-α-amino acids such as N-phenylglycine, N-aryl-α-amino acid salts, N-aryl-α-amino acid esters and other free radicals Active agent, α-aminoalkyl phenone derivatives; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-80068, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-36750, International Publication No. 2008/075564, International Publication No. 2009/131189, etc. Recorded oxime ester derivatives, etc.

光聚合起始劑可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上組合而使用。光聚合起始劑中,可視需要調配與影像曝光光源之波長對應之增感色素、聚合促進劑以提高感應感度。作為增感色素,可列舉:日本專利特開平4-221958號公報、日本專利特開平4-219756號公報所記載之二苯并吡喃色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報所記載之具有雜環之香豆素色素、日本專利特開平3-239703號公報、日本專利特開平5-289335號公報所記載之3-酮香豆素化合物、日本專利特開平6-19240號公報所記載之吡咯亞甲基色素、以及日本專利特開昭47-2528號公報、日本專利特開昭54-155292號公報、日本專利特公昭45-37377號公報、日本專利特開昭48-84183號公報、日本專利特開昭52-112681號公報、日本專利特開昭58-15503號公報、日本專利特開昭60-88005號公報、日本專利特開昭59-56403號公報、日本專利特開平2-69號公報、日本專利特開昭57-168088號公報、日本專利特開平5-107761號公報、日本專利特開平5-210240號公報、日 本專利特開平4-288818號公報所記載之具有二烷基胺基苯骨架之色素等。 A photopolymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. In the photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizing dye and a polymerization accelerator corresponding to the wavelength of the image exposure light source can be prepared as needed to improve the sensitivity. As the sensitizing dye, there may be mentioned: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-221958, Dibenzopyran pigments described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-219756, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3-239703, Japanese Patent Coumarin pigments with heterocycles described in Kaihei 5-289335, Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 3-239703, 3-ketocoumarin compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-open No. 5-289335, Japanese Patent The pyrromethene dye described in JP 6-19240, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 47-2528, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-155292, Japanese Patent Publication No. 45-37377, Japan Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 48-84183, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 52-112681, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 58-15503, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 60-88005, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 59- 56403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-69, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 57-168088, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-107761, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-210240, Japanese The coloring matter having a dialkylaminobenzene skeleton described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-288818.

該等增感色素中較佳者為含胺基之增感色素,進而較佳者為於同一分子內具有胺基及苯基之化合物。尤佳為例如:4,4'-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二乙基胺基二苯甲酮、2-胺基二苯甲酮、4-胺基二苯甲酮、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3'-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,4-二胺基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-79
唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-80
唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[4,5]苯并
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-82
唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并[6,7]苯并
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-83
唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)-1,3,4-
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-84
唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2-(對二乙胺基苯基)苯并咪唑、2,5-雙(對二乙胺基苯基)-1,3,4-噻二唑、(對二甲胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)吡啶、(對二甲胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二乙胺基苯基)喹啉、(對二甲胺基苯基)嘧啶、(對二乙胺基苯基)嘧啶等含對二烷胺基苯基之化合物等。其中最佳者為4,4'-二烷胺基苯并苯酮。又,增感色素可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Among these sensitizing dyes, preferred are amine-containing sensitizing dyes, and more preferred are compounds having an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule. Especially preferred are, for example: 4,4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-diethylaminobenzophenone, 2-aminobenzophenone, 4-aminobenzophenone Benzophenone compounds such as ketone, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3'-diaminobenzophenone, 3,4-diaminobenzophenone; 2- (P-Dimethylaminophenyl)benzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-79
Azole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-80
Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[4,5]benzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-82
Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzo[6,7]benzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-83
Azole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4-
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0049-84
Azole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylaminophenyl)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2-( P-Diethylaminophenyl)benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylaminophenyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazole, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p- Diethylaminophenyl)pyridine, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-diethylaminophenyl)quinoline, (p-dimethylaminophenyl)pyrimidine, (p-diethylaminophenyl) Phenyl) pyrimidine and other compounds containing p-dialkylamino phenyl group. The best one is 4,4'-dialkylaminobenzophenone. Moreover, a sensitizing dye may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為聚合促進劑,例如使用對二甲胺基苯甲酸乙酯、苯甲酸2-二甲胺基乙酯等芳香族胺、正丁胺、N-甲基二乙醇胺等脂肪族胺、下述巰基化合物等。聚合促進劑可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上組合而使用。 As the polymerization accelerator, for example, aromatic amines such as ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, aliphatic amines such as n-butylamine and N-methyldiethanolamine, and the following mercapto groups are used Compound etc. A polymerization accelerator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types.

<(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物> <(d) Ethylene Unsaturated Compound>

本發明之感光性著色組成物包含(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物。藉由包含(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物而提高感度。本發明中所使用之乙烯性 不飽和化合物為於分子內具有至少1個乙烯性不飽和基之化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、及具有1個乙烯性不飽和鍵之羧酸與多元或1元醇之單酯等。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention contains (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound. By containing (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, the sensitivity is improved. Ethylene used in the present invention The unsaturated compound is a compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule. Specifically, examples include: (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl esters, acrylonitrile, styrene, and monoesters of carboxylic acids with one ethylenically unsaturated bond and polyhydric or monohydric alcohols Wait.

於本發明中,尤佳為使用1分子中具有兩個以上之乙烯性不飽和基之多官能基乙烯性單體。多官能基乙烯性單體所具有之乙烯性不飽和基之數量並無特別限定,通常為2以上,較佳為4以上,更佳為5以上,又,較佳為8以下,更佳為7以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有成為高感度之傾向,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有對溶劑之溶解性提高之傾向。 In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use a multifunctional ethylenic monomer having two or more ethylenic unsaturated groups in one molecule. The number of ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the multifunctional ethylenic monomer is not particularly limited, and is usually 2 or more, preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and preferably 8 or less, more preferably 7 or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency for high sensitivity, and by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency for the solubility to a solvent to be improved.

作為多官能基乙烯性單體之例,例如可列舉:脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯;脂肪族多羥基化合物、芳香族多羥基化合物等多元羥基化合物、及藉由與不飽和羧酸及多元羧酸之酯化反應所獲得之酯等。 Examples of polyfunctional ethylenic monomers include: esters of aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; esters of aromatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids; aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds, aromatic polyols Polyhydric hydroxy compounds such as hydroxy compounds, esters obtained by esterification with unsaturated carboxylic acids and polycarboxylic acids, etc.

作為上述脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可列舉:乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、丙三醇丙烯酸酯等脂肪族多羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯、將該等例示化合物之丙烯酸酯替換為甲基丙烯酸酯之甲基丙烯酸酯、同樣地替換為衣康酸酯之衣康酸酯、替換為丁烯酸酯之丁烯酸酯或替換為馬來酸酯之馬來酸酯等。 Examples of the esters of the above-mentioned aliphatic polyhydroxy compounds and unsaturated carboxylic acids include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, and trimethylolethane triacrylate. Acrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, glycerol acrylate and other aliphatic polyhydroxy compound acrylates, Replace the acrylate of the exemplified compounds with methacrylate of methacrylate, similarly with itaconate of itaconate, crotonate of crotonate, or replacement of Malay The maleic acid ester of the acid ester.

作為芳香族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸之酯,可列 舉:對苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、對苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、鄰苯三酚三丙烯酸酯等芳香族多羥基化合物之丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯等。 As the ester of aromatic polyhydroxy compound and unsaturated carboxylic acid, it can be listed Examples: Hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcinol diacrylate, resorcinol dimethacrylate, pyrogallol triacrylate and other aromatic polyhydroxy groups Compound acrylate and methacrylate etc.

作為藉由多元羧酸及不飽和羧酸與多元羥基化合物之酯化反應所獲得之酯未必為單一物,若列舉代表性之具體例,則可列舉:丙烯酸、鄰苯二甲酸與乙二醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、馬來酸與二乙二醇之縮合物;甲基丙烯酸、對苯二甲酸與季戊四醇之縮合物;丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇與甘油之縮合物等。 The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of polybasic carboxylic acid and unsaturated carboxylic acid and polybasic hydroxy compound is not necessarily a single substance. If representative specific examples are given, examples include acrylic acid, phthalic acid and ethylene glycol. The condensate of acrylic acid, maleic acid and diethylene glycol; the condensate of methacrylic acid, terephthalic acid and pentaerythritol; the condensate of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol and glycerin, etc.

此外,作為本發明中所使用之多官能基乙烯性單體之例,如使聚異氰酸酯化合物與含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯或使聚異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇及含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯反應所獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸乙酯類;如多元環氧化合物與羥基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸之加成反應物之環氧丙烯酸酯類;伸乙雙丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯等烯丙酯類;鄰苯二甲酸二乙烯酯等含乙烯基之化合物等較有用。 In addition, as an example of the polyfunctional ethylenic monomer used in the present invention, a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate or a polyisocyanate compound and a polyol and a hydroxyl-containing (meth) Ethyl (meth)acrylate urethanes obtained by the reaction of acrylates; such as epoxy acrylates which are the addition reactants of polyepoxy compounds and hydroxyl (meth)acrylate or (meth)acrylic acid; Acrylic amides such as ethylene bisacrylamide; allyl esters such as diallyl phthalate; vinyl-containing compounds such as divinyl phthalate are more useful.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸乙酯類,例如可列舉:DPHA-40H、UX-5000、UX-5002D-P20、UX-5003D、UX-5005(日本化藥公司製造)、U-2PPA、U-6LPA、U-10PA、U-33H、UA-53H、UA-32P、UA-1100H(新中村化學工業公司製造)、UA-306H、UA-510H、UF-8001G(協榮社化學公司製造)、UV-1700B、UV-7600B、UV-7605B、UV-7630B、UV7640B(日本合成化學公司製造)等。 As the above-mentioned (meth)acrylic acid urethane ethyl esters, for example, DPHA-40H, UX-5000, UX-5002D-P20, UX-5003D, UX-5005 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), U-2PPA , U-6LPA, U-10PA, U-33H, UA-53H, UA-32P, UA-1100H (manufactured by Shinnakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-510H, UF-8001G (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing), UV-1700B, UV-7600B, UV-7605B, UV-7630B, UV7640B (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

該等之中,就硬化性之觀點而言,作為(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物,較佳為使用(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更佳為使用二季戊四 醇六丙烯酸酯。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Among them, from the viewpoint of curability, as the (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound, alkyl (meth)acrylate is preferably used, and dipentaerythritol is more preferably used. Alcohol hexaacrylate. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

<(e)溶劑> <(e) Solvent>

本發明之感光性著色組成物包含(e)溶劑。藉由包含(e)溶劑,可將顏料分散於溶劑中,又,變得容易塗佈。本發明之感光性著色組成物通常將(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(f)分散劑、及視需要使用之其他各種材料以溶解或分散於溶劑中之狀態使用。溶劑之中,就分散性或塗佈性之觀點而言,較佳為有機溶劑。 The photosensitive coloring composition of this invention contains (e) a solvent. By including the solvent (e), the pigment can be dispersed in the solvent, and coating becomes easy. The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention usually comprises (a) a colorant, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, (f) a dispersant, and if necessary Various other materials used are used in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. Among the solvents, an organic solvent is preferred from the viewpoint of dispersibility or coatability.

有機溶劑之中,就塗佈性之觀點而言,較佳為選擇沸點為100~300℃之範圍者,更佳為選擇沸點為120~280℃之範圍者。再者,此處所謂之沸點意指壓力1013.25hPa下之沸點。 Among the organic solvents, from the viewpoint of coating properties, it is preferable to select a boiling point in the range of 100 to 300°C, and more preferably to select a boiling point in the range of 120 to 280°C. Furthermore, the so-called boiling point here means the boiling point at a pressure of 1013.25 hPa.

作為此種有機溶劑,例如可列舉如下者。如乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、丙二醇第三丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚、甲氧基甲基戊醇、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、3-甲基-3-乙氧基丁醇、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、三丙二醇甲醚之二醇單烷基醚類; Examples of such organic solvents include the following. Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol tertiary butyl ether, two Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, methoxymethyl pentanol, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, 3-methyl-3-ethyl Glycol monoalkyl ethers of oxybutanol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and tripropylene glycol methyl ether;

如乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二丙醚、二乙二醇二丁醚、二丙二醇二甲醚之二醇二烷基醚類; Such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether The glycol dialkyl ethers;

如乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、乙酸甲氧基丁酯、乙 酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸甲氧基戊酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯之二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類; Such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether Acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl 3-methoxybutyl acetate, methoxypentyl acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, two Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, glycol alkyl ether of 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate Acetate;

乙二醇二乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯等二醇二乙酸酯類;乙酸環己醇酯等乙酸烷基酯類;如戊醚、二乙醚、二丙醚、二異丙醚、二丁醚、二戊醚、乙基異丁醚、二己醚之醚類; Glycol diacetates such as ethylene glycol diacetate, 1,3-butanediol diacetate, and 1,6-hexanol diacetate; alkyl acetates such as cyclohexanol acetate; Such as pentyl ether, diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dibutyl ether, dipentyl ether, ethyl isobutyl ether, and dihexyl ether;

如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基戊酮、甲基異丙酮、甲基異戊酮、二異丙酮、二異丁酮、甲基異丁酮、環己酮、乙基戊酮、甲基丁酮、甲基己酮、甲基壬酮、甲氧基甲基戊酮之酮類; Such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl pentanone, methyl isopropyl ketone, methyl isopentanone, diisopropyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, ethyl pentanone, methyl Ketones such as methyl butanone, methylhexanone, methylnonanone and methoxymethylpentanone;

如乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、環己醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、甲氧基甲基戊醇、甘油、苄基醇之1元或多元醇類; Such as ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, methoxymethylpentanol, glycerin, benzyl 1-valent or polyhydric alcohols of base alcohols;

如正戊烷、正辛烷、二異丁烯、正己烷、己烯、異戊二烯、二戊烯、十二烷之脂肪族烴類;如環己烷、甲基環己烷、甲基環己烯、聯環己烷之脂環式烴類; Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-pentane, n-octane, diisobutene, n-hexane, hexene, isoprene, dipentene, dodecane; such as cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, methyl ring Alicyclic hydrocarbons of hexene and bicyclohexane;

如苯、甲苯、二甲苯、異丙苯之芳香族烴類;如甲酸戊酯、甲酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸戊酯、異丁酸甲酯、乙二醇乙酸酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸丁酯、丁酸異丁酯、異丁酸甲酯、辛酸乙酯、硬脂酸丁酯、苯甲酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、γ-丁內酯之鏈狀或環狀酯類; Aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, cumene; such as pentyl formate, ethyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, pentyl acetate, methyl isobutyrate, ethylene two Alcohol acetate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, butyl butyrate, isobutyl butyrate, methyl isobutyrate, ethyl caprylate, butyl stearate, ethyl benzoate, 3-ethyl Methyl oxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methyl Chain or cyclic esters of butyl oxypropionate and γ-butyrolactone;

如3-甲氧基丙酸、3-乙氧基丙酸之烷氧基羧酸類;如氯丁烷、氯戊烷之鹵化烴類;如甲氧基甲基戊酮之醚酮類;如乙腈、苯甲腈之腈類等。 Alkoxy carboxylic acids such as 3-methoxypropionic acid and 3-ethoxypropionic acid; halogenated hydrocarbons such as chlorobutane and chloropentane; such as ether ketones of methoxymethylpentanone; such as Nitriles such as acetonitrile and benzonitrile.

作為符合上述之市售之有機溶劑,可列舉:礦油精、Varsol#2、Apco#18溶劑、Apco稀釋劑、Socal Solvent No.1及No.2、Solvesso#150、Shell TS28 Solvent、卡必醇、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、Methyl Cellosolve(「Cellosolve」為註冊商標,下同)、Ethyl Cellosolve、Ethyl Cellosolve Acetate、Methyl Cellosolve Acetate、Diglyme(均為商品名)等。該等有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of commercially available organic solvents that meet the above-mentioned standards include mineral spirits, Varsol#2, Apco#18 solvent, Apco thinner, Socal Solvent No.1 and No.2, Solvesso#150, Shell TS28 Solvent, Kabe Alcohol, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, Methyl Cellosolve ("Cellosolve" is a registered trademark, the same below), Ethyl Cellosolve, Ethyl Cellosolve Acetate, Methyl Cellosolve Acetate, Diglyme (all trade names), etc. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

於藉由光微影法形成著色間隔件之情形時,作為有機溶劑,較佳為選擇沸點為100~200℃(壓力1013.25hPa條件下。以下,關於沸點全部相同)之範圍者。更佳為具有120~170℃之沸點者。 In the case of forming the colored spacer by photolithography, it is preferable to select a boiling point in the range of 100 to 200° C. (under the pressure of 1013.25 hPa. Hereinafter, all the boiling points are the same) as the organic solvent. More preferably, it has a boiling point of 120~170°C.

上述有機溶劑之中,就塗佈性、表面張力之平衡良好且組成物中之構成成分之溶解度相對較高之方面而言,較佳為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類。又,二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類可單獨使用,亦可併用其他有機溶劑。作為併用之有機溶劑,尤佳為二醇單烷基醚類。 Among the above organic solvents, glycol alkyl ether acetates are preferred in terms of good balance of coatability and surface tension and relatively high solubility of constituent components in the composition. In addition, glycol alkyl ether acetates may be used alone, or other organic solvents may be used in combination. As the combined organic solvent, glycol monoalkyl ethers are particularly preferred.

其中,就組成物中之構成成分之溶解性而言,尤佳為丙二醇單甲醚。再者,二醇單烷基醚類之極性較高,若添加量過多,則有顏料容易凝集,其後所獲得之著色樹脂組成物之黏度提高等保存穩定性降低之傾向,故而溶劑中之二醇單烷基醚類之比例較佳為5質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~20質量%。 Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether is particularly preferred in terms of the solubility of the constituent components in the composition. In addition, glycol monoalkyl ethers have high polarity. If the amount of addition is too large, the pigments tend to agglomerate, and the viscosity of the colored resin composition obtained thereafter will increase. The storage stability tends to decrease. The ratio of the glycol monoalkyl ethers is preferably 5 mass% to 30 mass %, and more preferably 5 mass% to 20 mass %.

又,併用具有150℃以上之沸點之有機溶劑(以下有時 稱為「高沸點溶劑」)之情況亦較佳。藉由併用此種高沸點溶劑,感光性著色組成物不易變乾,有防止組成物中之顏料之均勻之分散狀態因急遽之乾燥而遭到破壞之效果。 Also, use an organic solvent with a boiling point above 150℃ (sometimes below It is also better to call it "high boiling point solvent"). By using such a high boiling point solvent in combination, the photosensitive coloring composition is not easy to dry out, and it has the effect of preventing the uniform dispersion state of the pigment in the composition from being destroyed due to rapid drying.

即,例如有防止狹縫噴嘴前端之由色材等之析出、固化所導致之異物缺陷產生之效果。就此種效果較高之方面而言,上述各種溶劑中,尤佳為二乙二醇單正丁醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、及二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯。 That is, for example, there is an effect of preventing foreign matter defects caused by precipitation and solidification of color materials at the tip of the slit nozzle. In terms of such a higher effect, among the above-mentioned various solvents, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate are particularly preferred.

有機溶劑中之高沸點溶劑之含有比例較佳為3質量%~50質量%,更佳為5質量%~40質量%,尤佳為5質量%~30質量%。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有例如可抑制色材等在狹縫噴嘴前端析出、固化而引起異物缺陷之傾向,又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制組成物之乾燥溫度變慢,可抑制減壓乾燥步驟之節拍不良或預烘烤之氣孔痕跡等問題之傾向 The content of the high-boiling point solvent in the organic solvent is preferably 3% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. By setting it above the above lower limit value, for example, the tendency of color materials and the like to precipitate and solidify at the tip of the slit nozzle to cause foreign body defects can be suppressed, and by setting it below the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress the composition The drying temperature becomes slower, which can suppress the tendency of poor tempo during the vacuum drying step or pre-baking pore marks.

再者,沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑可為二醇烷基醚乙酸酯類,又,亦可為二醇烷基醚類,於該情形時,亦可不另外含有沸點150℃以上之高沸點溶劑。 Furthermore, the high boiling point solvent with a boiling point above 150°C may be glycol alkyl ether acetates or glycol alkyl ethers. In this case, it may not contain a high boiling point above 150°C. Solvent.

作為較佳之高沸點溶劑,例如於上述各種溶劑中可列舉:二乙二醇單正丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二乙酸酯、1,6-己醇二乙酸酯、甘油三乙酸酯等。 As a preferable high boiling point solvent, for example, among the above-mentioned various solvents, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3- Butanediol diacetate, 1,6-hexanol diacetate, glycerol triacetate, etc.

<(f)分散劑> <(f) Dispersant>

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,使(a)著色劑微細地分散且使其分散狀態穩定化對於確保品質之穩定性較為重要,因此包含(f) 分散劑。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, finely dispersing (a) the colorant and stabilizing the dispersion state are important for ensuring the stability of quality, and therefore includes (f) Dispersant.

作為(f)分散劑,較佳為具有官能基之高分子分散劑,進而,就分散穩定性之方面而言,較佳為具有羧基;磷酸基;磺酸基;或該等之鹽基;一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;吡啶、嘧啶、吡

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0056-85
等來自含氮雜環之基等官能基的高分子分散劑。 (F) The dispersant is preferably a polymer dispersant having a functional group, and further, in terms of dispersion stability, it preferably has a carboxyl group; a phosphoric acid group; a sulfonic acid group; or a salt group thereof; Primary, secondary or tertiary amine group; quaternary ammonium base; pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridine
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0056-85
Such as polymer dispersants derived from functional groups such as nitrogen-containing heterocyclic groups.

其中,尤其是具有一級、二級或三級胺基;四級銨鹽基;吡啶、嘧啶、吡

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0056-86
等來自含氮雜環之基等鹼性官能基之高分子分散劑,就將顏料分散時能以少量分散劑進行分散之觀點而言尤佳。 Among them, especially those with primary, secondary or tertiary amino groups; quaternary ammonium bases; pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridine
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0056-86
A polymer dispersant derived from a basic functional group such as a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group is particularly preferred from the viewpoint that it can be dispersed with a small amount of dispersant when dispersing the pigment.

又,作為高分子分散劑,例如可列舉:胺基甲酸酯系分散劑、丙烯酸系分散劑、聚伸乙基亞胺系分散劑、聚烯丙胺系分散劑、包含具有胺基之單體及巨單體之分散劑、聚氧乙烯烷基醚系分散劑、聚氧乙烯二酯系分散劑、聚醚磷酸系分散劑、聚酯磷酸系分散劑、山梨醇酐脂肪族酯系分散劑、脂肪族改質聚酯系分散劑等。 Also, examples of polymer dispersants include: urethane-based dispersants, acrylic-based dispersants, polyethyleneimine-based dispersants, polyallylamine-based dispersants, and monomers containing amine groups. And macromonomer dispersant, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether dispersant, polyoxyethylene diester dispersant, polyether phosphoric acid dispersant, polyester phosphoric acid dispersant, sorbitan aliphatic ester dispersant , Aliphatic modified polyester dispersant, etc.

作為此種分散劑之具體例,以商品名可列舉:EFKA(註冊商標,BASF公司製造)、DISPERBYK(註冊商標,BYK-Chemie公司製造)、Disparlon(註冊商標,楠本化成公司製造)、SOLSPERSE(註冊商標,Lubrizol公司製造)、KP(信越化學工業公司製造)、Polyflow(共榮社化學公司製造)、Ajisper(註冊商標,Ajinomoto公司製造)等。該等高分子分散劑可單獨使用1種,或者亦可併用2種以上。 As specific examples of such dispersants, trade names include EFKA (registered trademark, manufactured by BASF Corporation), DISPERBYK (registered trademark, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), Disparlon (registered trademark, manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Corporation), SOLSPERSE ( Registered trademark, manufactured by Lubrizol Corporation), KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Polyflow (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Ajisper (registered trademark, manufactured by Ajinomoto Co., Ltd.), etc. These polymer dispersants may be used individually by 1 type, or may use 2 or more types together.

高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為700以上,較佳為1000以上,又,通常為100,000以下,較佳為50,000以下。該等之中,就顏料之分散性之觀點而言,(f)分散劑較佳為包 含具有官能基之胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑及/或丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,尤佳為包含丙烯酸系高分子分散劑。又,就分散性、保存性之方面而言,較佳為具有鹼性官能基且具有聚酯鍵及/或聚醚鍵之高分子分散劑。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer dispersant is usually 700 or more, preferably 1000 or more, and usually 100,000 or less, preferably 50,000 or less. Among them, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment, the (f) dispersant is preferably The urethane-based polymer dispersant and/or the acrylic polymer dispersant containing a functional group, particularly preferably an acrylic polymer dispersant. Moreover, in terms of dispersibility and storage properties, a polymer dispersant having a basic functional group and having a polyester bond and/or a polyether bond is preferred.

作為胺基甲酸酯系及丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,例如可列舉DISPERBYK160~166、182系列(均為胺基甲酸酯系)、DISPERBYK2000、2001、LPN21116等(均為丙烯酸系)(以上均為BYK-Chemie公司製造)。 As urethane-based and acrylic polymer dispersants, for example, DISPERBYK160~166, 182 series (all urethane series), DISPERBYK2000, 2001, LPN21116, etc. (all acrylic-based) (all of the above are Manufactured by BYK-Chemie company).

作為胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑,若具體地例示較佳之化學構造,則例如可列舉藉由使聚異氰酸酯化合物、分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10,000之化合物與同一分子內具有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物進行反應所獲得之、重量平均分子量1,000~200,000之分散樹脂等。藉由利用苄基氯化物等四級化劑對該等進行處理,可使三級胺基之全部或一部分成為4級銨鹽基。 As a urethane-based polymer dispersant, if a preferable chemical structure is specifically exemplified, for example, a polyisocyanate compound, a compound with a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the molecule can be mentioned. A dispersing resin with a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 to 200,000 obtained by reacting with a compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule. By treating these with a quaternary agent such as benzyl chloride, all or part of the tertiary amine group can be turned into a quaternary ammonium base.

作為上述聚異氰酸酯化合物之例,可列舉:對苯二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯甲烷二異氰酸酯、萘-1,5-二異氰酸酯、聯甲苯胺二異氰酸酯等芳香族二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、離胺酸甲酯二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、二聚物酸二異氰酸酯等脂肪族二異氰酸酯、異佛酮二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基二甲基環己烷等脂環族二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、α,α,α',α'-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等具有芳香環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯、離胺酸酯三異氰酸酯、1,6,11-十一烷三異氰酸酯、1,8- 二異氰酸酯基-4-異氰酸酯基甲基辛烷、1,3,6-六亞甲基三異氰酸酯、二環庚烷三異氰酸酯、三(異氰酸酯基苯基甲烷)、硫代磷酸三(異氰酸酯基苯基)酯等三異氰酸酯、及該等之三聚物、水加成物、及該等之多元醇加成物等。 Examples of the above-mentioned polyisocyanate compound include: p-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, naphthalene-1,5-diisocyanate Aromatic diisocyanates such as isocyanate and toluidine diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, methyl lysine diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, dimer acid diisocyanate Aliphatic diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω,ω'-diisocyanate dimethyl cyclohexane and other alicyclic diisocyanates, benzene two Aliphatic diisocyanates with aromatic rings such as methyl diisocyanate, α,α,α',α'-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, lysine triisocyanate, 1,6,11-undecane Triisocyanate, 1,8- Diisocyanato-4-isocyanatomethyl octane, 1,3,6-hexamethylene triisocyanate, dicycloheptane triisocyanate, tris(isocyanatophenylmethane), thiophosphoric acid tris(isocyanatobenzene) Triisocyanates such as cyanoacrylates, such terpolymers, water adducts, and these polyol adducts.

作為聚異氰酸酯較佳者為有機二異氰酸酯之三聚物,最佳者為甲苯二異氰酸酯之三聚物及異佛酮二異氰酸酯之三聚物。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The preferred polyisocyanate is a trimer of organic diisocyanate, and the most preferred is a trimer of toluene diisocyanate and a trimer of isophorone diisocyanate. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為異氰酸酯之三聚物之製造方法,可列舉如下方法:對上述聚異氰酸酯類使用適當之三聚作用觸媒、例如三級胺類、膦類、烷氧化物類、金屬氧化物、羧酸鹽類等而進行異氰酸酯基之局部之三聚作用,藉由觸媒毒之添加使三聚作用停止之後,對未反應之聚異氰酸酯進行溶劑萃取,並藉由薄膜蒸餾去除而獲得目標之含異氰尿酸酯基之聚異氰酸酯。 As a method for producing isocyanate terpolymers, the following methods can be cited: using appropriate trimerization catalysts for the above-mentioned polyisocyanates, such as tertiary amines, phosphines, alkoxides, metal oxides, carboxylates To perform the partial trimerization of isocyanate groups. After the trimerization is stopped by the addition of catalyst poison, the unreacted polyisocyanate is solvent extracted and removed by thin film distillation to obtain the target isocyanate-containing Urate-based polyisocyanate.

作為於同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10,000之化合物,可列舉聚醚二醇、聚酯二醇、聚碳酸酯二醇、聚烯烴二醇等、及該等化合物之單末端羥基為碳數1~25之烷基且經烷氧基化者及該等2種以上之混合物。 As a compound with a number average molecular weight of 300 to 10,000 having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule, polyether diols, polyester diols, polycarbonate diols, polyolefin diols, etc., and these compounds can be cited The single-terminal hydroxyl group is an alkyl group with 1 to 25 carbon atoms and is alkoxylated and a mixture of these two or more.

作為聚醚二醇,可列舉聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、及該等2種以上之混合物。作為聚醚二醇,可列舉使環氧烷均聚合或共聚合所獲得者、例如聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、乙二醇-丙二醇共聚合體、聚氧四亞甲基二醇、聚氧六亞甲基二醇、聚氧八亞甲基二醇及其等之2種以上之混合物。 Examples of the polyether glycol include polyether glycol, polyether ester glycol, and a mixture of two or more of these. Examples of polyether glycols include those obtained by homopolymerizing or copolymerizing alkylene oxide, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, ethylene glycol-propylene glycol copolymer, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, and polyoxane Methylene glycol, polyoxyoctamethylene glycol and mixtures of two or more of them.

作為聚醚酯二醇,可列舉藉由使含醚基之二醇或與其他二醇之混合物與二羧酸或其等之酸酐進行反應、或者使聚酯二醇 與環氧烷進行反應所獲得者、例如聚(聚氧四亞甲基)己二酸酯等。 As the polyether ester diol, it can be exemplified by reacting an ether group-containing diol or a mixture with other diols with a dicarboxylic acid or an anhydride such as a polyester diol Those obtained by reacting with alkylene oxide, for example, poly(polyoxytetramethylene) adipate and the like.

作為聚醚二醇最佳者為聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚氧四亞甲基二醇或該等化合物之單末端羥基為碳數1~25之烷基且經烷氧基化之化合物。 The best polyether glycol is polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol or compounds in which the single terminal hydroxyl group of these compounds is an alkyl group with 1 to 25 carbon atoms and is alkoxylated .

作為聚酯二醇,可列舉使二羧酸(丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、鄰苯二甲酸等)或其等之酸酐與二醇(乙二醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、新戊二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、2-甲基-2-丙基-1,3-丙二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2,5-二甲基-2,5-己二醇、1,8-八亞甲基二醇、2-甲基-1,8-八亞甲基二醇、1,9-壬二醇等脂肪族二醇、雙羥基甲基環己烷等脂環族二醇、苯二甲基二醇、雙羥基乙氧基苯等芳香族二醇、N-甲基二乙醇胺等N-烷基二烷醇胺等)進行縮聚所獲得者、例如聚己二酸乙二酯、聚己二酸丁二酯、聚己二酸己二酯、聚己二酸乙二/丙二酯等、或將上述二醇類或碳數1~25之一元醇用作起始劑所獲得之聚內酯二醇或聚內酯單醇、例如聚己內酯二醇、聚甲基戊內酯及該等之2種以上之混合物。作為聚酯二醇,最佳者為聚己內酯二醇或將碳數1~25之醇作為起始劑之聚己內酯。 Examples of polyester diols include dicarboxylic acids (succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, phthalic acid, etc.) or their anhydrides and dicarboxylic acids Alcohol (ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2, 3-butanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol , 2-Butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 2,2, 4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol, 1,8-octamethylene Diol, 2-methyl-1,8-octamethylene glycol, aliphatic diols such as 1,9-nonanediol, alicyclic diols such as bishydroxymethylcyclohexane, xylylene Diols, aromatic diols such as bishydroxyethoxybenzene, N-alkyl dialkanolamines such as N-methyldiethanolamine, etc.) obtained by polycondensation, such as polyethylene adipate, polyhexane Butylene diacid, polyhexamethylene adipate, polyethylene adipate/propylene glycol, etc., or polyols obtained by using the above-mentioned glycols or monohydric alcohols with 1 to 25 carbon atoms as initiators Lactone diol or polylactone monool, such as polycaprolactone diol, polymethylvalerolactone, and a mixture of two or more of these. As the polyester diol, the best one is polycaprolactone diol or polycaprolactone using an alcohol with carbon number 1 to 25 as the initiator.

作為聚碳酸酯二醇,可列舉聚碳酸(1,6-伸己基)酯、聚碳酸(3-甲基-1,5-伸戊基)酯等,作為聚烯烴二醇,可列舉聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚異戊二烯二醇等。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of polycarbonate diols include poly(1,6-hexylene) carbonate, (3-methyl-1,5-pentylene) carbonate, etc., and examples of polyolefin diols include polybutylene Diene diol, hydrogenated polybutadiene diol, hydrogenated polyisoprene diol, etc. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之化合物之數量平均分子量通常為300~10,000,較佳為500~6,000,進而較佳為1,000~4,000。 The number average molecular weight of a compound having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is usually 300 to 10,000, preferably 500 to 6,000, and more preferably 1,000 to 4,000.

對本發明中所使用之同一分子內具有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物進行說明。作為活性氫、即直接鍵結於氧原子、氮原子或硫原子之氫原子,可列舉羥基、胺基、硫醇基等官能基中之氫原子,其中較佳為胺基、尤其是一級胺基之氫原子。 The compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule used in the present invention will be described. The active hydrogen, that is, the hydrogen atom directly bonded to an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom, includes hydrogen atoms in functional groups such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and a thiol group. Among them, an amine group is preferred, especially a primary amine. The hydrogen atom of the radical.

三級胺基並無特別限定,例如可列舉具有碳數1~4之烷基之胺基、或雜環構造、更具體而言為咪唑環或三唑環等。 The tertiary amino group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic structure, more specifically, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring.

若例示此種同一分子內具有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物,則可列舉:N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二甲基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N-二丙基乙二胺、N,N-二丁基乙二胺、N,N-二甲基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丙基-1,4-丁二胺、N,N-二丁基-1,4-丁二胺等。 Examples of such compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amino groups in the same molecule include: N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3- Propylenediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, N,N -Diethylethylenediamine, N,N-dipropylethylenediamine, N,N-dibutylethylenediamine, N,N-dimethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N- Diethyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dipropyl-1,4-butanediamine, N,N-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine, etc.

又,作為三級胺基為含氮雜環構造之情形時之該含氮雜環,可列舉:吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環、吲哚環、咔唑環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并三唑環、苯并

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-87
唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噻二唑環等含氮雜五元環、吡啶環、嗒
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-88
環、嘧啶環、三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-89
環、喹啉環、吖啶環、異喹啉環等含氮雜六元環。該等含氮雜環中,較佳者為咪唑環或三唑環。 In addition, when the tertiary amino group has a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring includes pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, and indole ring. Azole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-87
Azole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzothiadiazole ring and other nitrogen-containing five-membered ring, pyridine ring,
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-88
Ring, pyrimidine ring, three
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0060-89
Nitrogen-containing six-membered rings such as ring, quinoline ring, acridine ring and isoquinoline ring. Among the nitrogen-containing heterocycles, the imidazole ring or the triazole ring is preferred.

若具體地例示具有該等咪唑環及胺基之化合物,則可列舉1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、組胺酸、2-胺基咪唑、1-(2-胺基乙基)咪唑等。 If specifically exemplified compounds having these imidazole rings and amino groups, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, 1-(2-aminoethyl) Imidazole and so on.

又,若具體地例示具有三唑環及胺基之化合物,則可列舉:3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、5-(2-胺基-5-氯苯基)-3-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑、4-胺基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3,5-二醇、3-胺基-5-苯基-1H-1,3,4-三唑、5-胺基-1,4-二苯基-1,2,3-三唑、3-胺基-1-苄基-1H-2,4-三唑等。 In addition, if a compound having a triazole ring and an amino group is specifically exemplified, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, 5-(2-amino-5-chlorophenyl)-3 -Phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole, 4-amino-4H-1,2,4-triazole-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1H- 1,3,4-triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3-triazole, 3-amino-1-benzyl-1H-2,4-triazole, etc. .

其中,較佳為N,N-二甲基-1,3-丙二胺、N,N-二乙基-1,3-丙二胺、1-(3-胺基丙基)咪唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Among them, N,N-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N,N-diethyl-1,3-propanediamine, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3 -Amino-1,2,4-triazole. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

製造胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑時之原料之較佳調配比率為相對於聚異氰酸酯化合物100質量份,同一分子內具有1個或2個羥基之數量平均分子量300~10,000之化合物為10~200質量份,較佳為20~190質量份,進而較佳為30~180質量份,同一分子內具有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物為0.2~25質量份,較佳為0.3~24質量份。 The preferred blending ratio of the raw materials for the manufacture of urethane-based polymer dispersants is 10 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyisocyanate compound, and the number-average molecular weight of the compound having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is 10 ~200 parts by mass, preferably 20~190 parts by mass, and more preferably 30~180 parts by mass, 0.2~25 parts by mass, preferably 0.3~24 for compounds having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule Mass parts.

胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑之製造係依據聚胺基甲酸酯樹脂製造之公知之方法進行。作為製造時之溶劑,通常使用丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁酮、環戊酮、環己酮、異佛酮等酮類、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸賽路蘇等之酯類、苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷等烴類、二丙酮醇、異丙醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等部分醇類、二氯甲烷、氯仿等氯化物、四氫呋喃、二乙醚等醚類、二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等非質子性極性溶劑等。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The production of the urethane-based polymer dispersant is carried out according to the well-known method for the production of polyurethane resin. As the solvent in the production, ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, isophorone, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cyrus acetate, etc. are usually used. The esters, benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane and other hydrocarbons, diacetone alcohol, isopropanol, second butanol, tertiary butanol and other alcohols, dichloromethane, chloroform and other chlorides, tetrahydrofuran, Ethers such as diethyl ether, aprotic polar solvents such as dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and dimethyl sulfide. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

於上述製造時,通常使用胺基甲酸酯化反應觸媒。作為該觸媒,例如可列舉:二月桂酸二丁基錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫、二辛酸二丁基錫、辛酸亞錫等錫系、乙醯丙酮酸鐵、氯化鐵等鐵系、 三乙胺、三乙二胺等三級胺系等。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 In the above production, a urethane reaction catalyst is usually used. Examples of the catalyst include: dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dioctoate, stannous octoate and other tin systems, iron systems such as iron acetopyruvate and iron chloride, Tertiary amines such as triethylamine and triethylenediamine. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

同一分子內具有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物之導入量較佳為控制於以反應後之胺值計1~100mgKOH/g之範圍。更佳為5~95mgKOH/g之範圍。胺值係藉由酸對鹼性胺基進行中和滴定且與酸值對應地以KOH之mg數所表示之值。若胺值低於上述範圍,則有分散能力降低之傾向;又,若超過上述範圍,則顯影性容易降低。 The introduction amount of the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amine group in the same molecule is preferably controlled within the range of 1-100 mgKOH/g based on the amine value after the reaction. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 95 mgKOH/g. The amine value is a value expressed in mg of KOH corresponding to the acid value by neutralizing the basic amine group by acid. If the amine value is less than the above range, the dispersibility tends to decrease; and if it exceeds the above range, the developability tends to decrease.

再者,於在以上之反應中異氰酸酯基殘留於高分子分散劑之情形時,若進而以醇或胺化合物消除異氰酸酯基,則產物之經時穩定性變高,故而較佳。胺基甲酸乙酯系高分子分散劑之重量平均分子量(Mw)通常為1,000~200,000、較佳為2,000~100,000、更佳為3,000~50,000之範圍。若該分子量未滿1,000,則分散性及分散穩定性較差;若超過200,000,則溶解性降低,分散性較差,同時難以控制反應。 Furthermore, in the case where the isocyanate group remains in the polymer dispersant in the above reaction, if the isocyanate group is further eliminated with an alcohol or an amine compound, the stability of the product over time becomes higher, which is preferable. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the urethane-based polymer dispersant is usually 1,000 to 200,000, preferably 2,000 to 100,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 50,000. If the molecular weight is less than 1,000, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are poor; if it exceeds 200,000, the solubility is reduced, the dispersibility is poor, and it is difficult to control the reaction.

作為丙烯酸系高分子分散劑,較佳為使用具有官能基(此處所謂之官能基係指作為高分子分散劑中所含有之官能基而於上文敍述之官能基)之含不飽和基單體與不具有官能基之含不飽和基單體之無規共聚合體、接枝共聚合體、嵌段共聚合體。該等共聚合體可利用公知之方法製造。 As the acrylic polymer dispersant, it is preferable to use an unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group (the so-called functional group here refers to the functional group described above as the functional group contained in the polymer dispersant). Random copolymers, graft copolymers, and block copolymers of monomers containing unsaturated groups without functional groups. These copolymers can be produced by known methods.

作為具有官能基之含不飽和基單體,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基丁二酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基鄰苯二甲酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸、丙烯酸二聚物等具有羧基之不飽和單體、(甲基)丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸二乙胺基乙酯及該等之四級化物等具有三級胺基、四級銨鹽基之不飽和單體作為具體例。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing monomer having a functional group include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl succinic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethyl o-benzene Unsaturated monomers with carboxyl groups such as dicarboxylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethylhexahydrophthalic acid, acrylic acid dimer, dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) ) Unsaturated monomers having tertiary amino groups and quaternary ammonium salt groups such as diethylaminoethyl acrylate and these quaternary products are taken as specific examples. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為不具有官能基之含不飽和基單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0063-90
酯、三環癸烷(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺、N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-苄基馬來醯亞胺等N-取代馬來醯亞胺、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯及聚(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯巨單體、聚乙二醇巨單體、聚丙二醇巨單體、聚己內酯巨單體等巨單體等。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of unsaturated group-containing monomers without functional groups include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( N-Butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate Ester, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0063-90
Ester, tricyclodecane (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, styrene and its derivatives, α-methylstyrene, N-cyclohexyl horse Leximine, N-phenylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-substituted maleimide, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate and poly(meth)acrylate Monomers, polystyrene macromonomers, poly(meth)acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl macromonomers, polyethylene glycol macromonomers, polypropylene glycol macromonomers, polycaprolactone macromonomers and other macromonomers Wait. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

丙烯酸系高分子分散劑尤佳為包含具有官能基之A嵌段及不具有官能基之B嵌段之A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚合體,於該情形時,A嵌段中除來自上述包含官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分構造以外,亦可包含來自上述不含官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分構造,該等亦可以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之任一態樣含有於該A嵌段中。又,不含官能基之部分構造於A嵌段中之含量通常為80質量%以下,較佳為50質量%以下,進而較佳為30質量%以下。 The acrylic polymer dispersant is particularly preferably an AB or BAB block copolymer containing an A block with a functional group and a B block without a functional group. In this case, the A block is derived from the aforementioned functional group In addition to the partial structure of the unsaturated group-containing monomer, it can also include the partial structure of the above-mentioned unsaturated group-containing monomer without functional groups. These can also be random copolymerization or block copolymerization. Contained in the A block. In addition, the content of the functional group-free partial structure in the A block is usually 80% by mass or less, preferably 50% by mass or less, and more preferably 30% by mass or less.

B嵌段為包含來自不含上述官能基之含不飽和基單體之部分構造者,於1個B嵌段中亦可含有2種以上之來自單體之 部分構造,該等亦可以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之任一態樣含有於該B嵌段中。 The B block contains a partial structure derived from an unsaturated group-containing monomer that does not contain the above functional groups. One B block may also contain more than two types of monomers. Part of the structure, these can also be contained in the B block in either of random copolymerization or block copolymerization.

該A-B或B-A-B嵌段共聚合體例如藉由以下所示之活性聚合法製備。活性聚合法有陰離子活性聚合法、陽離子活性聚合法、自由基活性聚合法,其中,陰離子活性聚合法之聚合活性物質為陰離子,該方法例如由下述流程表示。 The A-B or B-A-B block copolymer is prepared, for example, by the living polymerization method shown below. The living polymerization method includes an anionic living polymerization method, a cationic living polymerization method, and a free radical living polymerization method. Among them, the polymerization active substance of the anionic living polymerization method is an anion. The method is represented by the following flow, for example.

[化21]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0064-29
[化21]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0064-29

上述流程中,Ar1為1價之有機基,Ar2為與Ar1不同之1價之有機基,M為金屬原子,s及t分別為1以上之整數。 In the above process, Ar 1 is a monovalent organic group, Ar 2 is a monovalent organic group different from Ar 1 , M is a metal atom, and s and t are each an integer of 1 or more.

自由基活性聚合法之聚合活性物質為自由基,該方法例如由下述流程表示。 The polymerization active substance of the free radical living polymerization method is a free radical, and this method is represented by the following flow, for example.

[化22]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0065-30
[化22]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0065-30

上述流程中,Ar1為1價之有機基,Ar2為與Ar1不同之1價之有機基,j及k分別為1以上之整數,Ra為氫原子或1價之有機基,Rb為與Ra不同之氫原子或1價之有機基。 In the above process, Ar 1 is a monovalent organic group, Ar 2 is a monovalent organic group different from Ar 1 , j and k are each an integer of 1 or more, Ra is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R b is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group different from Ra.

合成該丙烯酸系高分子分散劑時,可採用日本專利特開平9-62002號公報、或P.Lutz,P.Masson et al,Polym.Bull.12, 79(1984),B.C.Anderson,G.D.Andrews et al,Macromolecules,14,1601(1981),K.Hatada,K.Ute,et al,Polym.J.17,977(1985),18,1037(1986),右手浩一、畑田耕一、高分子加工、36,366(1987),東村敏延、澤本光男、高分子論文集、46,189(1989),M.Kuroki,T.Aida,J.Am.Chem.Sic,109,4737(1987),相田卓三、井上祥平、有機合成化學、43,300(1985),D.Y.Sogoh,W.R.Hertler et al,Macromolecules,20,1473(1987)等所記載之公知之方法。 When synthesizing the acrylic polymer dispersant, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-62002 or P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Polym. Bull. 12, 79 (1984), BC Anderson, GDAndrews et al, Macromolecules, 14, 1601 (1981), K. Hatada, K. Ute, et al, Polym. J. 17, 977 (1985), 18, 1037 (1986), right hand Koichi, Hatada Koichi, Polymer Processing, 36, 366 (1987), Higashimura Toshinobu, Sawmoto Mitsuo, Polymer Essays, 46, 189 (1989), M. Kuroki, T. Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic , 109, 4737 (1987), Aida Takuzo, Inoue Shohei, Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 43, 300 (1985), DY Sogoh, WR Hertler et al, Macromolecules, 20, 1473 (1987) and other known methods.

可用於本發明之丙烯酸系高分子分散劑可為A-B嵌段共聚合體,亦可為B-A-B嵌段共聚合體,構成該共聚合體之A嵌段/B嵌段比較佳為1/99~80/20、尤其是5/95~60/40(質量比),藉由處於該範圍內,有可確保分散性與保存穩定性之平衡之傾向。又,可用於本發明之A-B嵌段共聚合體、B-A-B嵌段共聚合體1g中之四級銨鹽基之量通常較佳為0.1~10mmol,藉由處於該範圍內,有可確保良好之分散性之傾向。 The acrylic polymer dispersant that can be used in the present invention can be AB block copolymer or BAB block copolymer. The ratio of A block/B block constituting the copolymer is preferably 1/99~80/20 , Especially 5/95~60/40 (mass ratio), by being in this range, there is a tendency to ensure a balance between dispersibility and storage stability. In addition, the amount of quaternary ammonium salt group in 1g of AB block copolymer and BAB block copolymer that can be used in the present invention is usually preferably 0.1-10 mmol, and by being within this range, good dispersibility can be ensured The tendency.

再者,此種嵌段共聚合體中通常有含有製造過程中所產生之胺基之情形,其胺值為1~100mgKOH/g左右,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為10mgKOH/g以上,更佳為30mgKOH/g以上,進而較佳為50mgKOH/g以上,又,較佳為90mgKOH/g以下,更佳為80mgKOH/g以下,進而較佳為75mgKOH/g以下。 Furthermore, such block copolymers usually contain amine groups generated during the manufacturing process. The amine value is about 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more. , More preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, still more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH/g or less, and still more preferably 75 mgKOH/g or less.

此處,該等嵌段共聚合體等分散劑之胺值係以與分散劑試樣中除溶劑外之固形份每1g中之鹼基當量之KOH之質量表示,且藉由如下方法測定。向100mL之燒杯中精確稱量分散劑試樣0.5~1.5g並以50mL之乙酸溶解。使用具備pH電極之自動滴定裝置,藉由0.1mol/L之HClO4乙酸溶液對該溶液進行中和滴定。 將滴定pH曲線之反曲點設為滴定終點且藉由下式求出胺值。 Here, the amine value of the dispersants such as the block copolymers is expressed by the mass of KOH per 1g of the base equivalent of the solid content in the dispersant sample excluding the solvent, and is measured by the following method. Accurately weigh 0.5~1.5g of dispersant sample into a 100mL beaker and dissolve it with 50mL of acetic acid. Use an automatic titration device equipped with a pH electrode to neutralize the solution with a 0.1 mol/L HClO 4 acetic acid solution. The inflection point of the titration pH curve is set as the titration end point, and the amine value is calculated by the following formula.

胺值[mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S) Amine value [mgKOH/g]=(561×V)/(W×S)

[其中,W表示分散劑試樣稱取量[g],V表示滴定終點處之滴定量[mL],S表示分散劑試樣之固形份濃度[質量%]]。 [Where, W represents the weighed amount of the dispersant sample [g], V represents the titration amount [mL] at the end of the titration, and S represents the solid content concentration of the dispersant sample [mass%]].

又,該嵌段共聚合體之胺值亦視成為該酸值基礎之酸性基之有無及種類而不同,但一般較低者較佳,通常為10mgKOH/g以下,其重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1000~100,000之範圍。藉由設為上述範圍內,有可確保良好之分散性之傾向。 In addition, the amine value of the block copolymer also differs depending on the presence and type of acidic groups that are the basis of the acid value, but generally the lower one is better, usually less than 10 mgKOH/g, and its weight average molecular weight (Mw) is higher Preferably, it is in the range of 1000 to 100,000. By setting it within the above range, there is a tendency to ensure good dispersibility.

於具有四級銨鹽基作為官能基之情形時,對於高分子分散劑之具體構造並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(i)所表示之重複單位(以下,有時稱為「重複單位(i)」)。 In the case of having a quaternary ammonium salt group as the functional group, the specific structure of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable to have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (i) (Hereinafter, it may be referred to as "repeating unit (i)").

[化23]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0067-31
[化23]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0067-31

上述式(i)中,R31~R33分別獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基,R31~R33中之2個以上亦可相互鍵結而形成環狀構造。R34為氫原子或甲基。X為2價之連結基,Y-為抗衡陰離子。 In the above formula (i), R 31 to R 33 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or an optionally substituted aralkyl group, R 31 to R 33 Two or more of them may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. R 34 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. X is a divalent linking group, and Y - is a counter anion.

上述式(i)之R31~R33中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, and is usually 1 or more, and preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、 戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等,該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀構造。 As specific examples of alkyl groups, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, Pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc., among these, preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, and more preferred are methyl, ethyl, propyl, Or butyl. Furthermore, it may be either linear or branched. Moreover, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may be included.

上述式(i)之R31~R33中之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aryl group in R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, and is usually 6 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.

作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。 Specific examples of aryl groups include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, etc. Among them, preferred are Phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl, or ethylphenyl.

上述式(i)之R31~R33中之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) is not particularly limited, and is usually 7 or more, preferably 16 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.

作為芳烷基之具體例,可列舉:苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基、苯基伸異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、或苯基伸丁基,更佳為苯基亞甲基、或苯基伸乙基。 Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethylene, phenylethylene, phenylpropylene, phenylbutylene, phenylisopropylidene, etc. Among them, phenylethylene is preferred. Methyl, phenylethylene, phenylethylene, or phenylethylene, more preferably phenylmethylene or phenylethylene.

該等之中,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為R31~R33分別獨立地為烷基、或芳烷基,具體而言,較佳為R31及R33分別獨立地為甲基或乙基,且R32為苯基亞甲基、或苯基伸乙基,進而較佳為R31及R33為甲基,且R32為苯基亞甲基。 Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that R 31 to R 33 are each independently an alkyl group or an aralkyl group. Specifically, it is preferable that R 31 and R 33 are each independently methyl R 32 is a phenylmethylene group or a phenylethylene group, and R 31 and R 33 are methyl groups, and R 32 is a phenylmethylene group.

又,於上述高分子分散劑具有三級胺作為官能基之情形時,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(ii)所表示之重複單 位(以下,有時稱為「重複單位(ii)」)。 In addition, when the polymer dispersant has a tertiary amine as a functional group, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, it preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (ii) Bit (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "repeating unit (ii)").

[化24]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0069-32
[化24]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0069-32

上述式(ii)中,R35及R36分別獨立地為氫原子、可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基,R35及R36亦可相互鍵結而形成環狀構造。R37為氫原子或甲基。Z為2價之連結基。 In the above formula (ii), R 35 and R 36 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or an optionally substituted aralkyl group, R 35 and R 36 They may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. R 37 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Z is the linking base of divalent.

又,作為上述式(ii)之R35及R36中之可具有取代基之烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31~R33所例示者。同樣地,作為上述式(ii)之R35及R36中之可具有取代基之芳基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31~R33所例示者。又,作為上述式(ii)之R35及R36中之可具有取代基之芳烷基,可較佳地採用作為上述式(i)之R31~R33所例示者。 Moreover, as the alkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used. Similarly, as the aryl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used. Moreover, as the aralkyl group which may have a substituent in R 35 and R 36 of the above formula (ii), those exemplified as R 31 to R 33 of the above formula (i) can be preferably used.

該等之中,較佳為R35及R36分別獨立地為可具有取代基之烷基,更佳為甲基、或乙基。 Among these, it is preferable that R 35 and R 36 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

作為上述式(i)之R31~R33及上述式(ii)之R35及R36中之烷基、芳烷基或芳基可具有之取代基,可列舉:鹵素原子、烷氧基、苯并基、羥基等。 Examples of substituents that may be possessed by the alkyl group, aralkyl group or aryl group in R 31 to R 33 in the above formula (i) and R 35 and R 36 in the above formula (ii) include halogen atoms and alkoxy groups , Benzoyl, hydroxyl, etc.

於上述式(i)及(ii)中,作為2價之連結基X及Z,例如可列舉:碳數1~10之伸烷基、碳數6~12之伸芳基、-CONH-R43-基、-COOR44-基[其中,R43及R44為單鍵、碳數1~10之伸烷基、 或碳數2~10之醚基(烷氧基烷基)]等,較佳為-COO-R44-基。又,於上述式(i)中,作為抗衡陰離子之Y-,可列舉Cl-、Br-、I-、ClO4 -、BF4 -、CH3COO-、PF6 -等。 In the above formulas (i) and (ii), as the divalent linking group X and Z, for example, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, -CONH-R 43 -group, -COOR 44 -group [wherein, R 43 and R 44 are single bonds, alkylene groups with 1 to 10 carbons, or ether groups with 2 to 10 carbons (alkoxyalkyl)], etc., Preferably it is -COO-R 44 -group. Further, in the above formula (I), as counter anions Y -, include Cl -, Br -, I - , ClO 4 -, BF 4 -, CH 3 COO -, PF 6 - and the like.

上述式(i)所表示之重複單位之含有比例並無特別限定。就分散性之觀點而言,相對於上述式(i)所表示之重複單位之含有比例與上述式(ii)所表示之重複單位之含有比例之合計較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為50莫耳%以下,進而較佳為40莫耳%以下,尤佳為35莫耳%以下。又,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為30莫耳%以上。 The content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, the sum of the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) and the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (ii) is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably It is 50 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 35 mol% or less. In addition, it is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, still more preferably 20 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 30 mol% or more.

又,上述式(i)所表示之重複單位於高分子分散劑之總重複單位中所占之含有比例並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為5莫耳%以上,進而較佳為10莫耳%以上。又,較佳為50莫耳%以下,更佳為30莫耳%以下,進而較佳為20莫耳%以下,尤佳為15莫耳%以下。 In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (i) to the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 1 mol% or more, and more It is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more preferably 10 mol% or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 50 mol% or less, more preferably 30 mol% or less, further preferably 20 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 15 mol% or less.

又,上述式(ii)所表示之重複單位於高分子分散劑之總重複單位中所占之含有比例並無特別限定,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為5莫耳%以上,更佳為10莫耳%以上,進而較佳為15莫耳%以上,尤佳為20莫耳%以上。又,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為40莫耳%以下,進而較佳為30莫耳%以下,尤佳為25莫耳%以下。 In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (ii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferably 5 mol% or more, and more It is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 20 mol% or more. In addition, it is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 40 mol% or less, further preferably 30 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 25 mol% or less.

又,關於高分子分散劑,就提高對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性、提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式(iii)所表示之重複單位(以下,有時稱為「重複單位(iii)」)。 In addition, the polymer dispersant preferably has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (iii) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as:) from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with binder components such as solvents and improving dispersion stability. Is the "repeated unit (iii)").

[化25]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0071-33
[化25]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0071-33

上述式(iii)中,R40為伸乙基或伸丙基,R41為可具有取代基之烷基,R42為氫原子或甲基。n為1~20之整數。 In the above formula (iii), R 40 is an ethylene group or a propylene group, R 41 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, and R 42 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. n is an integer from 1 to 20.

上述式(iii)之R41中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上。又,較佳為10以下,更佳為6以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 41 of the above formula (iii) is not particularly limited, and is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等。該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀構造。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl. Among these, preferred is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, and more preferred is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Furthermore, it may be either linear or branched. Moreover, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may be included.

又,關於上述式(iii)中之n,就對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性及分散性之觀點而言,較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上。又,較佳為10以下,更佳為5以下。 In addition, with regard to n in the above formula (iii), from the viewpoint of compatibility and dispersibility with a binder component such as a solvent, it is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 2 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less.

又,上述式(iii)所表示之重複單位於高分子分散劑之總重複單位中所占之含有比例並無特別限定,較佳為1莫耳%以上,更佳為2莫耳%以上,進而較佳為4莫耳%以上。又,較佳為30莫耳%以下,更佳為20莫耳%以下,進而較佳為10莫耳%以下。於上述範圍內之情形時,有能夠兼顧對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性及分散穩定性之傾向。 In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (iii) in the total repeating units of the polymer dispersant is not particularly limited, and it is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, More preferably, it is 4 mol% or more. Moreover, it is preferably 30 mol% or less, more preferably 20 mol% or less, and still more preferably 10 mol% or less. When it falls within the above range, there is a tendency that compatibility with solvents and other binder components and dispersion stability tend to be compatible.

又,關於高分子分散劑,就提高分散劑對溶劑等黏合劑成分之相溶性、提高分散穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為具有下述式 (iv)所表示之重複單位(以下,有時稱為「重複單位(iv)」)。 In addition, the polymer dispersant preferably has the following formula from the viewpoint of improving the compatibility of the dispersant with binder components such as solvents and improving dispersion stability (iv) The repeating unit represented (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "repeating unit (iv)").

[化26]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0072-35
[化26]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0072-35

上述式(iv)中,R38為可具有取代基之烷基、可具有取代基之芳基、或可具有取代基之芳烷基。R39為氫原子或甲基。 In the above formula (iv), R 38 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, or an optionally substituted aralkyl group. R 39 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

上述式(iv)之R38中之可具有取代基之烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為1以上,較佳為2以上,更佳為4以上。又,較佳為10以下,更佳為8以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted alkyl group in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, and is usually 1 or more, preferably 2 or more, and more preferably 4 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less.

作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基等。該等之中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、或己基,更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、或丁基。又,可為直鏈狀、支鏈狀之任一者。又,亦可包含環己基、環己基甲基等環狀構造。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and octyl. Among these, preferred is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, or hexyl, and more preferred is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or butyl. Furthermore, it may be either linear or branched. Moreover, cyclic structures such as cyclohexyl and cyclohexylmethyl may be included.

上述式(iv)之R38中之可具有取代基之芳基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為6以上。又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以下,進而較佳為8以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aryl group in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, and is usually 6 or more. Moreover, it is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 8 or less.

作為芳基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、二乙基苯基、萘基、蒽基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、乙基苯基、二甲基苯基、或二乙基苯基,更佳為苯基、甲基苯基、或乙基苯基。 Specific examples of aryl groups include phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, diethylphenyl, naphthyl, anthryl, etc. Among them, preferred are Phenyl, methylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dimethylphenyl, or diethylphenyl, more preferably phenyl, methylphenyl, or ethylphenyl.

上述式(iv)之R38中之可具有取代基之芳烷基之碳數並無特別限定,通常為7以上,又,較佳為16以下,更佳為12以 下,進而較佳為10以下。 The carbon number of the optionally substituted aralkyl group in R 38 of the above formula (iv) is not particularly limited, and is usually 7 or more, more preferably 16 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and still more preferably 10 the following.

作為芳烷基之具體例,可列舉:苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、苯基伸丁基、苯基伸異丙基等,該等之中,較佳為苯基亞甲基、苯基伸乙基、苯基伸丙基、或苯基伸丁基,更佳為苯基亞甲基、或苯基伸乙基。 Specific examples of the aralkyl group include phenylmethylene, phenylethylene, phenylpropylene, phenylbutylene, phenylisopropylidene, etc. Among them, phenylethylene is preferred. Methyl, phenylethylene, phenylethylene, or phenylethylene, more preferably phenylmethylene or phenylethylene.

該等之中,就溶劑相溶性及分散穩定性之觀點而言,較佳為R38為烷基、或芳烷基,更佳為甲基、乙基、或苯基亞甲基。 Among them, from the viewpoint of solvent compatibility and dispersion stability, R 38 is preferably an alkyl group or an aralkyl group, and more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a phenylmethylene group.

作為R38中之烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,作為芳基或芳烷基可具有之取代基,可列舉鏈狀之烷基、鹵素原子、烷氧基等。又,於R38所表示之鏈狀之烷基中亦包含直鏈狀及支鏈狀之任一者。 Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group in R 38 may have include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group. Moreover, as a substituent which an aryl group or an aralkyl group may have, a chain alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned. In addition, the chain-shaped alkyl group represented by R 38 also includes either linear or branched chain.

又,關於上述式(iv)所表示之重複單位於高分子分散劑之總重複單位中所占之含有比例,就分散性之觀點而言,較佳為30莫耳%以上,更佳為40莫耳%以上,進而較佳為50莫耳%以上。又,較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。 In addition, the content ratio of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (iv) in the total repeating unit of the polymer dispersant is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Mole% or more, more preferably 50 mole% or more. Moreover, it is preferably 80 mol% or less, and more preferably 70 mol% or less.

高分子分散劑亦可具有除重複單位(i)、重複單位(ii)、重複單位(iii)及重複單位(iv)以外之重複單位。作為此種重複單位之例,可列舉來自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基環氧丙基醚、丁烯酸環氧丙基醚;N-甲基丙烯醯

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0073-91
啉等單體之重複單位。 The polymer dispersant may also have repeating units other than repeating unit (i), repeating unit (ii), repeating unit (iii), and repeating unit (iv). Examples of such repeating units include styrene-based monomers such as styrene and α-methylstyrene; (meth)acrylate-based monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylic acid (Meth)acrylamide monomers such as amide and N-methylol acrylamide; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic glycidyl ether; N- Methacrylic acid
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0073-91
Repeating units of monomers such as morpholines.

關於高分子分散劑,就進一步提高分散性之觀點而言,較佳為包含具有重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)之A嵌段、與不具 有重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)之B嵌段的嵌段共聚合體。 Regarding the polymer dispersant, from the viewpoint of further improving the dispersibility, it is preferable to include an A block having a repeating unit (i) and a repeating unit (ii), and not having A block copolymer of B block with repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii).

該嵌段共聚合體較佳為A-B嵌段共聚合體或B-A-B嵌段共聚合體。藉由向A嵌段不僅導入四級銨鹽基而且導入三級胺基,意外地有分散劑之分散能力明顯提高之傾向。又,B嵌段較佳為具有重複單位(iii),進而,更佳為具有重複單位(iv)。 The block copolymer is preferably an A-B block copolymer or a B-A-B block copolymer. By introducing not only the quaternary ammonium salt group but also the tertiary amine group into the A block, the dispersing ability of the dispersant unexpectedly tends to be significantly improved. In addition, the B block preferably has a repeating unit (iii), and more preferably has a repeating unit (iv).

於A嵌段中,亦能以無規共聚合、嵌段共聚合之任一態樣含有重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)。又,重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)於1個A嵌段中亦可分別含有2種以上,於該情形時,於該A嵌段中亦能以無規共聚合、嵌段共聚合之任一態樣含有各重複單位。 In the A block, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) can also be contained in any of random copolymerization and block copolymerization. In addition, the repeating unit (i) and the repeating unit (ii) may each contain two or more types in one A block. In this case, the A block can also be randomly copolymerized or block-co-polymerized. Any aspect of polymerization contains repeating units.

又,除重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)以外之重複單位亦可含有於A嵌段中,作為此種重複單位之例,可列舉來自上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯系單體之重複單位等。除重複單位(i)及重複單位(ii)以外之重複單位於A嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,最佳為A嵌段中不含該重複單位。 In addition, repeating units other than repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii) may also be contained in the A block. Examples of such repeating units include repeats derived from the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate monomers Unit etc. The content of repeating units other than repeating unit (i) and repeating unit (ii) in the A block is preferably 0-50 mol%, more preferably 0-20 mol%, and most preferably in the A block Does not contain the repeat unit.

重複單位(iii)及(iv)以外之重複單位亦可含有於B嵌段中,作為此種重複單位之例,可列舉來自苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯氯等(甲基)丙烯酸鹽系單體;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基環氧丙基醚、丁烯酸環氧丙基醚;N-甲基丙烯醯

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0074-92
啉等單體之重複單位。 Repeating units other than repeating units (iii) and (iv) may also be contained in the B block. Examples of such repeating units include styrene monomers derived from styrene and α-methylstyrene; (Meth)acrylic acid salt monomers such as meth)acrylic acid chloride; (meth)acrylic acid amine monomers such as (meth)acrylic amide and N-methylol acrylamide; vinyl acetate; propylene Nitrile; allyl glycidyl ether, crotonic acid glycidyl ether; N-methacrylic acid
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0074-92
Repeating units of monomers such as morpholines.

除重複單位(iii)及重複單位(iv)以外之重複單位於B嵌段中之含量較佳為0~50莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,最佳為B嵌段中不含該等重複單位。 The content of repeating units other than repeating unit (iii) and repeating unit (iv) in the B block is preferably 0-50 mol%, more preferably 0-20 mol%, and most preferably in the B block Does not contain such repeating units.

又,就提高分散穩定性之方面而言,(f)分散劑較佳為 與下述顏料衍生物併用。 Also, in terms of improving dispersion stability, (f) the dispersant is preferably Use with the following pigment derivatives.

<感光性著色組成物之其他調配成分> <Other compounding ingredients of photosensitive coloring composition>

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,除上述成分以外,可適當調配矽烷偶合劑等密接改善劑、塗佈性改善劑、顯影改良劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、界面活性劑、顏料衍生物等。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, in addition to the above components, adhesion improvers such as silane coupling agents, coatability improvers, development improvers, ultraviolet absorbers, antioxidants, surfactants, and pigment derivatives can be appropriately blended Things etc.

(1)密接改善劑 (1) Adhesion improver

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,為了改善與基板之密接性,亦可含有密接改善劑。作為密接改善劑,較佳為矽烷偶合劑、含磷酸基之化合物等。作為矽烷偶合劑之種類,可單獨使用1種環氧系、(甲基)丙烯酸系、胺系等各種矽烷偶合劑,或者將2種以上混合而使用。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, an adhesion improving agent may be contained. As the adhesion improving agent, a silane coupling agent, a phosphoric acid group-containing compound, and the like are preferred. As the type of silane coupling agent, various silane coupling agents such as epoxy-based, (meth)acrylic-based, amine-based, etc. can be used alone, or two or more of them can be mixed and used.

作為較佳之矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等(甲基)丙烯醯氧基矽烷類、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等環氧矽烷類、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等脲基矽烷類、3-異氰酸酯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等異氰酸酯基矽烷類,尤佳為環氧矽烷類之矽烷偶合劑。作為含磷酸基之化合物,較佳為含(甲基)丙烯醯基之磷酸酯類,較佳為下述通式(g1)、(g2)或(g3)所表示者。 As a preferable silane coupling agent, for example, (meth)acrylic acid such as 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, etc. Oxyoxysilanes, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl trimethoxy silane, 3-glycidoxy propyl trimethoxy silane, 3-glycidoxy propyl methyl bis Silicone oxides such as ethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, ureidosilanes such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatopropyltriethyl Isocyanate-based silanes such as oxysilanes, especially silane coupling agents of epoxy silanes. As the phosphoric acid group-containing compound, a (meth)acrylic acid group-containing phosphoric acid ester is preferred, and one represented by the following general formula (g1), (g2) or (g3) is preferred.

[化27]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0076-37
[化27]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0076-37

於上述通式(g1)、(g2)及(g3)中,R51表示氫原子或甲基,I及I'為1~10之整數,m為1、2或3。該等含磷酸基之化合物亦為可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上組合而使用。 In the above general formulas (g1), (g2) and (g3), R 51 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, I and I'are integers of 1-10, and m is 1, 2, or 3. These phosphoric acid group-containing compounds may also be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

(2)界面活性劑 (2) Surfactant

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,為了提高塗佈性,亦可含有界面活性劑。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of this invention, in order to improve coatability, you may contain a surfactant.

作為界面活性劑,例如可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、兩性界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。其中,於對各特性造成不良影響之可能性較低之方面,較佳為使用非離子系界面活性劑,其中,氟系或矽系之界面活性劑於塗佈性之方面較有效。 As the surfactant, for example, various surfactants such as anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric surfactants can be used. Among them, it is preferable to use non-ionic surfactants in terms of the possibility of adversely affecting each characteristic. Among them, fluorine-based or silicon-based surfactants are more effective in coating properties.

作為此種界面活性劑,例如可列舉:TSF4460(GE Toshiba Silicone公司製造)、DFX-18(NEOS公司製造)、BYK-300、BYK-325、BYK-330(BYK-Chemie公司製造)、KP340(Shin-Etsu Silicones公司製造)、F-470、F-475、F-478、F-559(DIC公司製造)、SH7PA(Toray Silicone公司製造)、DS-401(Daikin公司製造)、L-77(Nippon Unicar公司製造)、FC4430(住友3M公司製造)等。再者,界面活性劑可使用1種,亦可將2種以上以任意之組合及比率 併用。 Examples of such surfactants include: TSF4460 (manufactured by GE Toshiba Silicone), DFX-18 (manufactured by NEOS), BYK-300, BYK-325, BYK-330 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), KP340 ( Shin-Etsu Silicones), F-470, F-475, F-478, F-559 (manufactured by DIC), SH7PA (manufactured by Toray Silicone), DS-401 (manufactured by Daikin), L-77 ( Nippon Unicar Corporation), FC4430 (Sumitomo 3M Corporation), etc. Furthermore, one type of surfactant can be used, or two or more types can be used in any combination and ratio And use.

(3)顏料衍生物 (3) Pigment derivatives

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,為了提高分散性、保存性,亦可含有顏料衍生物作為分散助劑。作為顏料衍生物,可列舉:偶氮系、酞菁系、喹吖酮系、苯并咪唑酮系、喹酞酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、二

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-93
系、蒽醌系、陰丹士林系、苝系、紫環酮系、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系、二
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-94
系等衍生物,其中,較佳為酞菁系、喹酞酮系。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, in order to improve dispersibility and storage properties, a pigment derivative may be contained as a dispersion aid. Examples of pigment derivatives include: azo series, phthalocyanine series, quinacridone series, benzimidazolone series, quinophthalone series, isoindolinone series, two
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-93
Series, anthraquinone series, indanthrene series, perylene series, pericone series, diketopyrrolopyrrole series, two
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-94
Among them, phthalocyanine-based and quinophthalone-based derivatives are preferred.

作為顏料衍生物之取代基,可列舉磺酸基、磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基、二烷基胺基烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺基等直接或經由烷基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結於顏料骨架而成者,較佳為磺酸基。又,該等取代基亦可於一個顏料骨架中進行複數個取代。 As the substituent of the pigment derivative, sulfonic acid group, sulfonamide group and its quaternary salt, phthaliminomethyl, dialkylaminoalkyl group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, amide group, etc. Those formed by bonding to the pigment skeleton directly or via an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, etc. are preferably a sulfonic acid group. In addition, these substituents may be substituted in plural in one pigment skeleton.

作為顏料衍生物之具體例,可列舉:酞菁之磺酸衍生物、喹酞酮之磺酸衍生物、蒽醌之磺酸衍生物、喹吖酮之磺酸衍生物、二酮基吡咯并吡咯之磺酸衍生物、二

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-96
之磺酸衍生物等。該等可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include: phthalocyanine sulfonic acid derivatives, quinophthalone sulfonic acid derivatives, anthraquinone sulfonic acid derivatives, quinacridone sulfonic acid derivatives, diketopyrrolo Sulfonic acid derivatives of pyrrole, two
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0077-96
The sulfonic acid derivatives and so on. These may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

(4)光酸產生劑 (4) Photoacid generator

所謂光酸產生劑係指可藉由紫外線而產生酸之化合物,藉由進行曝光時所產生之酸之作用,例如藉由三聚氰胺化合物等交聯劑之存在而進行交聯反應。 The so-called photoacid generator refers to a compound that can generate acid by ultraviolet light, and performs a crosslinking reaction by the action of the acid generated during exposure, for example, by the presence of a crosslinking agent such as a melamine compound.

於該光酸產生劑中,較佳為於溶劑中之溶解性、尤其是於感光性著色組成物所使用之溶劑中之溶解性較大者。例如可列 舉:二苯基錪、二甲苯基錪、苯基(對茴香基)錪、雙(間硝基苯基)錪、雙(對第三丁基苯基)錪、雙(對氯苯基)錪、雙(正十二烷基)錪、對異丁基苯基(對甲苯基)錪、對異丙基苯基(對甲苯基)錪等二芳基錪、或三苯基鋶鎓等三芳基鋶鎓之氯化物、溴化物、或氟硼化鹽、六氟磷酸鹽、六氟砷酸鹽、芳香族磺酸鹽、四(五氟苯基)硼酸鹽等、或者二苯基苯甲醯甲基鋶鎓(正丁基)三苯基硼酸鹽等鋶鎓有機硼錯合物類、或2-甲基-4,6-雙三氯甲基三

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-97
、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙三氯甲基三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-99
等三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-100
化合物等,但並不限於此。 Among the photoacid generators, those having greater solubility in solvents, in particular, solvents used in photosensitive coloring compositions are preferred. Examples include: diphenyl iodonium, xylyl iodonium, phenyl (p-anisyl) iodonium, bis(m-nitrophenyl) iodonium, bis(p-tertiary butylphenyl) iodonium, bis(p-chlorobenzene) Diaryl iodonium, bis(n-dodecyl) iodonium, p-isobutylphenyl (p-tolyl) iodonium, p-isopropylphenyl (p-tolyl) iodonium, or triphenyl amenium Onium and other triarylsulfonium chloride, bromide, or fluoroboride, hexafluorophosphate, hexafluoroarsenate, aromatic sulfonate, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, etc., or diphenyl Phosphonium organoboron complexes such as methylbenzylmethylsulfonium(n-butyl)triphenylborate, or 2-methyl-4,6-bistrichloromethyltri
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-97
, 2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bistrichloromethyltri
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-99
Wait three
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-100
Compound etc., but not limited to this.

(5)交聯劑 (5) Crosslinking agent

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,可進而添加交聯劑,例如可使用三聚氰胺或三聚氰二胺系之化合物。作為該等交聯劑,例如可列舉下述通式(6)所表示之三聚氰胺或三聚氰二胺系之化合物。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a crosslinking agent can be further added, and for example, melamine or melamine-based compounds can be used. Examples of these crosslinking agents include melamine or melamine-based compounds represented by the following general formula (6).

[化28]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-38
[化28]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0078-38

式(6)中,R61表示-NR66R67基或碳數6~12之芳基,於R61為-NR66R67基之情形時,R62、R63、R64、R65、R66及R67之一個、而且於R61為碳數6~12之芳基之情形時,R62、R63、R64及R65之一個表示-CH2OR68基,其餘之R62、R63、R64、R65、R66及R67 相互獨立地表示氫或-CH2OR68基,此處,R68表示氫原子或碳數1~4之烷基。 In the formula (6), R 61 represents a -NR 66 R 67 group or an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons. When R 61 is a -NR 66 R 67 group, R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 , and when R 61 is an aryl group with 6 to 12 carbons, one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 and R 65 represents a -CH 2 OR 68 group, and the remaining R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 independently represent hydrogen or a -CH 2 OR 68 group, where R 68 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 4 carbon atoms.

此處,碳數6~12之芳基典型而言為苯基、1-萘基或2-萘基,於該等苯基或萘基亦可鍵結有烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等取代基。烷基及烷氧基可分別為碳數1~6左右。R68所表示之烷基較佳為上述中之甲基或乙基、尤其是甲基。 Here, the aryl group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms is typically phenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, and these phenyl or naphthyl groups may also be bonded with alkyl, alkoxy, or halogen atoms And other substituents. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may each have about 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R 68 is preferably the above-mentioned methyl or ethyl group, especially methyl group.

相當於通式(6)之三聚氰胺系化合物、即下述通式(6-1)之化合物包含六羥甲基三聚氰胺、五羥甲基三聚氰胺、四羥甲基三聚氰胺、六甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、五甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、四甲氧基甲基三聚氰胺、六乙氧基甲基三聚氰胺等。 The melamine compound corresponding to the general formula (6), that is, the compound of the following general formula (6-1) contains hexamethylol melamine, pentamethylol melamine, tetramethylol melamine, hexamethoxymethyl melamine, Pentamethoxymethyl melamine, tetramethoxymethyl melamine, hexaethoxymethyl melamine, etc.

[化29]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0079-39
[化29]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0079-39

式(6-1)中,於R62、R63、R64、R65、R66及R67之一個為芳基之情形時,R62、R63、R64及R65之一個表示-CH2OR68基,其餘之R62、R63、R64、R65、R66及R67相互獨立地表示氫原子或-CH2OR68基,此處,R68表示氫原子或烷基。 In formula (6-1), when one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 is an aryl group, one of R 62 , R 63 , R 64 and R 65 represents- CH 2 OR 68 group, and the remaining R 62 , R 63 , R 64 , R 65 , R 66 and R 67 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a -CH 2 OR 68 group, where R 68 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group .

又,相當於通式(6)之三聚氰二胺系化合物、即通式(6)中之R61為芳基之化合物,包含四羥甲基苯并三聚氰二胺、四甲氧 基甲基苯并三聚氰二胺、三甲氧基甲基苯并三聚氰二胺、四乙氧基甲基苯并三聚氰二胺等。 In addition, the melamine-based compound corresponding to the general formula (6), that is, the compound in which R 61 in the general formula (6) is an aryl group, includes tetramethylol benzomelamine, tetramethoxy Methyl benzo melamine, trimethoxymethyl benzo melamine, tetraethoxy methyl benzo melamine, etc.

進而,亦可使用具有羥甲基或羥甲基烷基醚基之交聯劑。以下列舉其例。 Furthermore, a crosslinking agent having a methylol group or a methylol alkyl ether group can also be used. Examples are listed below.

2,6-雙(羥基甲基)-4-甲基苯酚、4-第三丁基-2,6-雙(羥基甲基)苯酚、5-乙基-1,3-雙(羥基甲基)全氫-1,3,5-三

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-101
-2-酮(通稱N-乙基二羥甲基三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-102
酮)或其二甲醚體、二羥甲基三亞甲基脲或其二甲醚體、3,5-雙(羥基甲基)全氫-1,3,5-
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-103
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-104
-4-酮(通稱二羥甲基脲)或其二甲醚體、四羥甲基乙二醛二烷基脲或其四甲醚體。 2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylphenol, 4-tert-butyl-2,6-bis(hydroxymethyl)phenol, 5-ethyl-1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl) )Total hydrogen-1,3,5-tri
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-101
-2-one (commonly known as N-ethyl dimethylol tri
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-102
Ketone) or its dimethyl ether body, dimethylol trimethylene urea or its dimethyl ether body, 3,5-bis(hydroxymethyl)perhydro-1,3,5-
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-103
two
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-104
-4-one (commonly known as dimethylolurea) or its dimethyl ether body, tetramethylolglyoxal dialkyl urea or its tetramethyl ether body.

再者,該等交聯劑可單獨使用1種,亦可將2種以上組合而使用。使用交聯劑時之量相對於感光性著色組成物之總固形份較佳為0.1~15質量%,尤佳為0.5~10質量%。 In addition, these crosslinking agents may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more types. The amount when the crosslinking agent is used is preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive color composition.

(6)巰基化合物 (6) Mercapto compounds

作為聚合促進劑,又,為了提高對基板之密接性,亦可添加巰基化合物。 As a polymerization accelerator, a mercapto compound may be added in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate.

作為巰基化合物之種類,可列舉:2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-105
唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、己二硫醇、癸二硫醇、1,4-二甲基巰基苯、丁二醇雙巰基丙酸酯、丁二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、乙二醇雙巰基乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基乙酸酯、丁二醇雙統基丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基丙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三巰基乙酸酯、季戊四醇四巰基丙酸酯、季戊四醇四巰基乙酸酯、三羥基乙基三巰基丙酸酯、乙二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基丁酸酯)、1,4-雙(3-統基丁醯氧基)丁烷、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四 醇四(3-巰基丁酸酯)、季戊四醇三(3-巰基丁酸酯)、乙二醇雙(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、丁二醇雙(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、三羥甲基丙烷三(3-巰基異丁酸酯)、1,3,5-三(3-巰基丁氧基乙基)-1,3,5-三
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0081-106
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-三酮等具有雜環之巰基化合物或脂肪族多官能基巰基化合物等。該等可單獨使用1種各種巰基化合物,或者將2種以上混合而使用。 The types of mercapto compounds include: 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzo
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0080-105
Azole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, butanediol bismercaptopropionate, butanediol bismercaptoacetate, ethylene glycol Dimercaptoacetate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptoacetate, butanediol bis-methylpropionate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptopropionate, trimethylolpropane trimercaptoacetate, pentaerythritol Tetramercaptopropionate, pentaerythritol tetramercaptoacetate, trihydroxyethyl trimercaptopropionate, ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptobutyrate), butanediol bis(3-mercaptobutyrate), 1 , 4-bis(3-methylbutanoyloxy)butane, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetra(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tris(3-mercaptobutyrate) Acid ester), ethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), butanediol bis(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptoisobutyrate), 1, 3,5-Tris(3-mercaptobutoxyethyl)-1,3,5-tris
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0081-106
-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-triketone and other mercapto compounds with heterocycles or aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds, etc. These can be used individually by 1 type of various mercapto compounds, or in mixture of 2 or more types.

<感光性著色組成物中之成分調配量> <The amount of ingredients in the photosensitive color composition>

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,(a)著色劑之含量相對於感光性著色組成物中之總固形份量通常為10質量%以上,較佳為20質量%以上,進而較佳為30質量%以上。又,通常較佳為60質量%以下,進而較佳為50質量%以下。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, the content of (a) colorant relative to the total solid content in the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 30 Above mass%. Moreover, it is usually preferably 60% by mass or less, and more preferably 50% by mass or less.

藉由將(a)著色劑之含量設為上述下限值以上,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向;又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易獲得充分之製版特性之傾向。 By setting the content of (a) colorant to above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to obtain sufficient optical density (OD); in addition, by setting it below the above upper limit value, it is easy to obtain sufficient plate-making characteristics tendency.

又,於第1態樣及第4態樣中,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料較佳為1質量份以上,更佳為2質量份以上,進而較佳為3質量份以上。又,較佳為30質量份以下,更佳為20質量份以下,進而較佳為15質量份以下,更進而較佳為10質量份以下,尤佳為7質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製版特性之傾向。 Moreover, in the first aspect and the fourth aspect, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments is preferably 1 part by mass or more, It is more preferably 2 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 3 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 7 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to obtain a sufficient optical density (OD); by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate-making characteristics.

又,於第1態樣及第4態樣中,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料 較佳為20質量份以上,更佳為30質量份以上,進而較佳為40質量份以上,更進而較佳為50質量份以上,尤佳為60質量份以上,最佳為65質量份以上。又,較佳為90質量份以下,更佳為80質量份以下,進而較佳為75質量份以下,尤佳為70質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可確保遮光性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製版特性之傾向。 In addition, in the first aspect and the fourth aspect, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of blue pigments and purple pigments It is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or more, most preferably 65 parts by mass or more . Furthermore, it is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 75 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 70 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to ensure light-shielding properties; by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate making characteristics.

又,於第2態樣中,上述通式(1)所表示之有機黑色顏料相對於(a)著色劑100質量份之含量較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為20質量份以上,更進而較佳為40質量份以上,尤佳為60質量份以上,最佳為70質量份以上。又,較佳為95質量份以下,更佳為90質量份以下,進而較佳為85質量份以下,尤佳為80質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可提高遮光性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制可靠性降低之傾向。 Furthermore, in the second aspect, the content of the organic black pigment represented by the general formula (1) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and It is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and most preferably 70 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 95 parts by mass or less, more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 85 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to improve the light-shielding property; by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to suppress the decrease in reliability.

又,於第3態樣中,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,有機顏料較佳為30質量份以上,更佳為50質量份以上,進而較佳為60質量份以上,尤佳為70質量份以上。又,較佳為99質量份以下,更佳為95質量份以下,進而較佳為90質量份以下,尤佳為85質量份以下,最佳為80質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可確保製版特性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向。 Furthermore, in the third aspect, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, the organic pigment is preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 99 parts by mass or less, more preferably 95 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 85 parts by mass or less, and most preferably 80 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate-making characteristics; by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to obtain a sufficient optical density (OD).

又,於第3態樣中,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料較佳為0質量份以上,更佳為1質量份以上,進而較佳為2質量份以上。又, 較佳為30質量份以下,更佳為20質量份以下,進而較佳為15質量份以下,尤佳為10質量份以下,最佳為0質量份。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製版特性之傾向。 In addition, in the third aspect, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments is preferably 0 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass Parts or more, more preferably 2 parts by mass or more. also, It is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 20 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 15 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and most preferably 0 parts by mass. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to obtain a sufficient optical density (OD); by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate-making characteristics.

又,於第3態樣中,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料較佳為20質量份以上,更佳為30質量份以上,進而較佳為40質量份以上,更進而較佳為50質量份以上,尤佳為60質量份以上,最佳為65質量份以上。又,較佳為90質量份以下,更佳為85質量份以下,進而較佳為80質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有可確保遮光性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製版特性之傾向。 In addition, in the third aspect, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of blue pigments and purple pigments is preferably 20 parts by mass or more, more preferably 30 parts by mass Parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or more, most preferably 65 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 85 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 80 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to ensure light-shielding properties; by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate making characteristics.

於(a)著色劑含有有機黑色顏料之情形時,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,有機黑色顏料較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為20質量份以上。又,較佳為50質量份以下,更佳為40質量份以下,進而較佳為30質量份以下,尤佳為20質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製版特性之傾向。 When (a) the colorant contains an organic black pigment, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, the organic black pigment is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 20 parts by mass More than. Moreover, it is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to obtain a sufficient optical density (OD); by setting it below the above upper limit value, there is a tendency to ensure plate-making characteristics.

於(a)著色劑含有碳黑之情形時,相對於(a)著色劑100質量份,碳黑較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為15質量份以上,尤佳為20質量份以上。又,較佳為50質量份以下,更佳為40質量份以下,進而較佳為35質量份以下,更進而較佳為30質量份以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有獲得充分之光學密度(OD)之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可確保製 版特性之傾向。 When (a) the colorant contains carbon black, relative to 100 parts by mass of the (a) colorant, the carbon black is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 15 parts by mass or more , Particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more. Furthermore, it is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 35 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. By setting it above the above lower limit value, there is a tendency to obtain sufficient optical density (OD); by setting it below the above upper limit value, it is possible to ensure The tendency of the version features.

(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之含有比例相對於本發明之感光性著色組成物之總固形份通常為5質量%以上,較佳為10質量%以上,更佳為20質量%以上,進而較佳為25質量%以上,尤佳為30質量%以上。通常為85質量%以下,較佳為80質量%以下,更佳為70質量%以下,進而較佳為60質量%以下,更進而較佳為50質量%以下,尤佳為40質量%以下。 (b) The content of the alkali-soluble resin relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 20% by mass or more, and still more preferably 25% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more. It is generally 85% by mass or less, preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, still more preferably 60% by mass or less, still more preferably 50% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.

藉由將(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之含量設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制未曝光部分於顯影液中之溶解性之降低而抑制顯影不良之傾向。又,藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制顯影液對曝光部之浸透性變高、抑制像素之鮮明性或密接性降低之傾向。 By setting the content of the (b) alkali-soluble resin to be more than the above lower limit, there is a tendency that the solubility of the unexposed part in the developer can be suppressed and poor development can be suppressed. Moreover, by setting it as below the said upper limit, there exists a tendency for the permeability of a developing solution to an exposure part to be suppressed to become high, and to suppress the sharpness of a pixel or a tendency for adhesiveness to fall.

(c)光聚合起始劑之含有比例相對於本發明之感光性著色組成物之總固形份通常為0.1質量%以上,較佳為0.5質量%以上,更佳為1質量%以上,進而較佳為2質量%以上,更進而較佳為3質量%以上,尤佳為4質量%以上。通常為15質量%以下,較佳為10質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以下,進而較佳為7質量%以下。 (c) The content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is usually 0.1% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, and more It is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 4% by mass or more. It is usually 15% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, and still more preferably 7% by mass or less.

藉由將(c)光聚合起始劑之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制感度降低之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制未曝光部分於顯影液中之溶解性之降低而抑制顯影不良之傾向。 By setting the content ratio of (c) photopolymerization initiator to be higher than the above lower limit, there is a tendency to suppress the decrease in sensitivity; by setting the content of the photopolymerization initiator to be lower than the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress the unexposed part in the developer The solubility is reduced to suppress the tendency of poor development.

(c)光聚合起始劑中所包含之上述通式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物之含有比例並無特別限定,通常為10質量%以上,較佳為30質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上,進而較佳為70質量%以 上,尤佳為90質量%以上,通常為100質量%以下。藉由設為上述下限值以上,有所獲得之硬化物之表面平滑性變良好之傾向。 (c) The content of the oxime ester compound represented by the general formula (I) contained in the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or less Above, it is particularly preferably 90% by mass or more, and usually 100% by mass or less. By setting it as the above lower limit or more, the surface smoothness of the obtained hardened product tends to become better.

於與(c)光聚合起始劑一併使用聚合促進劑之情形時,聚合促進劑之含有比例相對於本發明之感光性著色組成物之總固形份較佳為0.05質量%以上,通常為10質量%以下,較佳為5質量%以下,聚合促進劑相對於(c)光聚合起始劑100質量份通常較佳為以0.1~50質量份、尤其是以0.1~20質量份之比例使用。 When a polymerization accelerator is used together with (c) a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the polymerization accelerator is preferably 0.05% by mass or more with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, and is usually 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less, the polymerization accelerator is usually preferably 0.1-50 parts by mass, especially 0.1-20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the (c) photopolymerization initiator use.

藉由將聚合促進劑之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有可抑制對曝光光線之感度之降低之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制未曝光部分於顯影液中之溶解性之降低而抑制顯影不良之傾向。又,關於增感色素於本發明之感光性著色組成物中所占之調配比例,就感度之觀點而言,於感光性著色組成物中之總固形份中通常為20質量%以下,較佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下。 By setting the content ratio of the polymerization accelerator to above the above lower limit, there is a tendency to suppress the decrease in sensitivity to exposure light; by setting below the above upper limit, it is possible to suppress the unexposed part in the developer The solubility is reduced to suppress the tendency of poor development. Also, regarding the blending ratio of the sensitizing dye in the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the total solid content in the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 20% by mass or less, preferably It is 15% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass or less.

(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比例相對於本發明之感光性著色組成物之總固形份通常為30質量%以下,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下。藉由將(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比例設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制顯影液對曝光部之浸透性變高而容易獲得良好之影像之傾向。再者,(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物之含有比例之下限值通常為1質量%以上,較佳為5質量%以上。 (d) The content of the ethylenically unsaturated compound is generally 30% by mass or less, preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention. By setting the content ratio of the (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound to the above upper limit or less, there is a tendency that the permeability of the developer to the exposed part can be suppressed from increasing, and a good image tends to be easily obtained. In addition, the lower limit of the content of (d) ethylenically unsaturated compound is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or more.

再者,本發明之感光性著色組成物藉由使用(e)溶劑,而以其固形份濃度通常成為5質量%以上、較佳為10質量%以上、而且通常成為50質量%以下、較佳為30質量%以下之方式製備液體。 Furthermore, the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention uses the solvent (e) so that the solid content concentration thereof is usually 5% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or more, and usually 50% by mass or less, preferably The liquid is prepared in a manner of 30% by mass or less.

(f)分散劑之含有比例於感光性著色組成物之固形份中通常為1質量%以上,較佳為3質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上。又,通常為30質量%以下,較佳為20質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以下。 (f) The content ratio of the dispersant in the solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition is usually 1% by mass or more, preferably 3% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more. Furthermore, it is usually 30% by mass or less, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.

又,(f)分散劑相對於(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比例通常為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為15質量份以上,通常較佳為50質量份以下、尤其是30質量份以下。 In addition, the content ratio of (f) dispersant relative to 100 parts by mass of (a) colorant is usually 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 15 parts by mass or more, and usually preferably 50 parts by mass Parts or less, especially 30 parts by mass or less.

藉由將(f)分散劑之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有容易獲得充分之分散性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可藉由相對地減少其他成分之比例而抑制感度、製版性等之降低之傾向。 By setting the content ratio of (f) dispersant to above the above lower limit, it tends to be easy to obtain sufficient dispersibility; by setting below the above upper limit, it is possible to relatively reduce the ratio of other components It suppresses the tendency of decrease in sensitivity and plate making performance.

於使用密接改善劑之情形時,其含有比例相對於感光性著色組成物中之總固形份通常為0.1~5質量%,較佳為0.2~3質量%,進而較佳為0.4~2質量%。藉由將密接改善劑之含有比例設為上述下限值以上,有可充分獲得密接性之提昇效果之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有可抑制感度降低或者顯影後殘渣殘留而成為缺陷之情況之傾向。 In the case of using the adhesion improver, its content relative to the total solid content in the photosensitive color composition is usually 0.1 to 5 mass%, preferably 0.2 to 3 mass%, and more preferably 0.4 to 2 mass% . By setting the content ratio of the adhesion improver to be higher than the above lower limit value, there is a tendency that the adhesion improvement effect can be sufficiently obtained; by setting the content ratio of the adhesion improving agent to be lower than the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress a decrease in sensitivity or residue after development. The tendency to become a defect.

又,於使用界面活性劑之情形時,其含有比例相對於感光性著色組成物中之總固形份通常為0.001~10質量%,較佳為0.005~1質量%,進而較佳為0.01~0.5質量%,最佳為0.03~0.3質量%。藉由將界面活性劑之含量設為上述下限值以上,有容易表現塗佈膜之平滑性、均勻性之傾向;藉由設為上述上限值以下,有容易表現塗佈膜之平滑性、均勻性,且亦抑制其他特性變差之傾向。 In addition, when a surfactant is used, its content relative to the total solid content in the photosensitive color composition is usually 0.001 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 1% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 % By mass, preferably 0.03 to 0.3% by mass. By setting the content of the surfactant to above the above lower limit, the smoothness and uniformity of the coating film tends to be easily expressed; by setting it below the above upper limit, the smoothness of the coating film is easy to express , Uniformity, and also suppress the tendency of other characteristics to deteriorate.

<感光性著色組成物之物性> <Physical properties of photosensitive coloring composition>

本發明之感光性著色組成物可較佳地使用於形成著色間隔件,就用作著色間隔件之觀點而言,較佳為呈黑色。又,其塗膜之膜厚每1μm之光學密度(OD)較佳為1.0以上,更佳為1.2以上,進而較佳為1.5以上,尤佳為1.8以上。通常為4.0以下,較佳為3.0以下,更佳為2.5以下。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used to form a colored spacer, and from the viewpoint of use as a colored spacer, it is preferably black. Furthermore, the optical density (OD) per 1 μm of the film thickness of the coating film is preferably 1.0 or more, more preferably 1.2 or more, still more preferably 1.5 or more, and particularly preferably 1.8 or more. It is usually 4.0 or less, preferably 3.0 or less, and more preferably 2.5 or less.

<感光性著色組成物之製造方法> <Method for manufacturing photosensitive coloring composition>

本發明之感光性著色組成物(以下,有時稱為「光阻」)係依據常規方法製造。通常,(a)著色劑較佳為預先使用塗料調節器、砂磨機、球磨機、輥磨機、石磨機、噴射磨機、均質機等進行分散處理。藉由分散處理將(a)著色劑微粒子化,因此光阻之塗佈特性提高。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "photoresist") is manufactured according to a conventional method. Generally, (a) the colorant is preferably dispersed in advance using a paint conditioner, sand mill, ball mill, roll mill, stone mill, jet mill, homogenizer, etc. The (a) colorant is made into fine particles by the dispersion treatment, so the coating properties of the photoresist are improved.

分散處理通常較佳為於併用(a)著色劑、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑、以及(b)鹼可溶性樹脂之一部分或全部併用之系統中進行(以下,有時將供於分散處理之混合物、及藉由該處理所獲得之組成物稱為「油墨」或「顏料分散液」)。尤其是若將高分子分散劑用作(f)分散劑,則所獲得之油墨及光阻之經時之增黏受到抑制(分散穩定性優異),故而較佳。 The dispersion treatment is usually preferably carried out in a system in which (a) a colorant, (e) a solvent, and (f) a dispersant, and (b) a part or all of an alkali-soluble resin are used in combination (hereinafter, sometimes provided in The mixture of the dispersion treatment and the composition obtained by the treatment are called "ink" or "pigment dispersion"). In particular, if a polymer dispersant is used as the (f) dispersant, the viscosity increase over time of the obtained ink and photoresist is suppressed (excellent in dispersion stability), which is preferable.

如此,於製造光阻之步驟中,較佳為製造至少含有(a)著色劑、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑之顏料分散液。作為可用於顏料分散液之(a)著色劑、(e)有機溶劑、及(f)分散劑,可分別較佳地採用作為可用於感光性著色組成物所記載者。 Thus, in the step of manufacturing a photoresist, it is preferable to manufacture a pigment dispersion liquid containing at least (a) a colorant, (e) a solvent, and (f) a dispersant. As the (a) colorant, (e) organic solvent, and (f) dispersant that can be used in the pigment dispersion liquid, those described in the photosensitive coloring composition can be preferably adopted.

再者,於對含有調配感光性著色組成物之總成分之液體進行分散處理之情形時,由於分散處理時所產生之發熱,有高反 應性之成分進行改質之可能性。因此,較佳為於包含高分子分散劑之系統中進行分散處理。 Furthermore, when the liquid containing the total components of the photosensitive coloring composition is subjected to dispersion treatment, the heat generated during the dispersion treatment is highly reflective. Possibility to modify the components of the response. Therefore, it is preferable to perform the dispersion treatment in a system containing a polymer dispersant.

於利用砂磨機使(a)著色劑分散之情形時,較佳為使用0.1~8mm左右之粒徑之玻璃珠或氧化鋯珠。關於分散處理條件,溫度通常為0℃至100℃,較佳為室溫至80℃之範圍。分散時間因液體之組成及分散處理裝置之尺寸等而有不同之適當時間,因此需適當調節。分散之標準在於以光阻之20度鏡面光澤度(JIS Z8741)成為50~300之範圍之方式控制油墨之光澤。 In the case of using a sand mill to disperse (a) the colorant, it is preferable to use glass beads or zirconia beads with a particle size of about 0.1 to 8 mm. Regarding the dispersion treatment conditions, the temperature is usually 0°C to 100°C, preferably in the range of room temperature to 80°C. The appropriate time for the dispersion time varies depending on the composition of the liquid and the size of the dispersion processing device, so it needs to be adjusted appropriately. The standard of dispersion is to control the gloss of the ink in such a way that the 20-degree specular gloss (JIS Z8741) of the photoresist becomes 50~300.

於光阻之光澤度較低之情形時,分散處理不充分,粗糙之顏料(色材)粒子殘留之情況較多,有顯影性、密接性、解像性等變得不充分之可能性。又,若進行分散處理直至光澤值超過上述範圍,則顏料破碎而產生大量超微粒子,因此反而有使分散穩定性受損之傾向。 When the glossiness of the photoresist is low, the dispersion treatment is insufficient, and coarse pigment (color material) particles remain in many cases, and the developability, adhesion, resolution, etc. may become insufficient. In addition, if the dispersion treatment is performed until the gloss value exceeds the above-mentioned range, the pigment is broken and a large number of ultrafine particles are generated, and therefore the dispersion stability tends to be impaired.

又,分散於油墨中之顏料之分散粒徑通常為0.03~0.3μm,其係藉由動態光散射法等進行測定。 In addition, the dispersed particle diameter of the pigment dispersed in the ink is usually 0.03 to 0.3 μm, which is measured by a dynamic light scattering method or the like.

其次,將藉由上述分散處理所獲得之油墨與光阻中所包含之上述其他成分混合而製成均勻之溶液。於光阻之製造步驟中,微細之污物混合至液體中之情況較多,因此較理想為藉由過濾器等對所獲得之光阻進行過濾處理。 Next, the ink obtained by the above-mentioned dispersion treatment is mixed with the above-mentioned other components contained in the photoresist to form a uniform solution. In the photoresist manufacturing process, there are many cases where fine dirt is mixed into the liquid. Therefore, it is more desirable to filter the obtained photoresist with a filter or the like.

[硬化物] [Hardened material]

藉由使本發明之感光性著色組成物硬化,可獲得硬化物。將感光性著色組成物硬化而成之硬化物可較佳地用作著色間隔件。 By curing the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, a cured product can be obtained. The cured product obtained by curing the photosensitive coloring composition can be preferably used as a coloring spacer.

[著色間隔件] [Coloring spacer]

其次,對於使用本發明之感光性著色組成物之著色間隔件,依據其製造方法進行說明。 Next, the colored spacer using the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention will be described based on its manufacturing method.

(1)支持體 (1) Support

作為用以形成著色間隔件之支持體,只要具有適度之強度,則其材質並無特別限定。主要使用透明基板,作為材質,例如可列舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯系樹脂、聚丙烯、聚乙烯等聚烯烴系樹脂、聚碳酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚碸等熱塑性樹脂製片材、環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、聚(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂片材、或各種玻璃等。 The material of the support used to form the colored spacer is not particularly limited as long as it has an appropriate strength. Transparent substrates are mainly used. Examples of materials include: polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polypropylene and polyethylene, polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, and polycarbonate Thermosetting resin sheets such as thermoplastic resin sheets, epoxy resins, unsaturated polyester resins, poly(meth)acrylic resins, and various glasses.

其中,就耐熱性之觀點而言,較佳為玻璃、耐熱性樹脂。又,亦有於基板之表面使氧化銦錫(ITO,Indium Tin Oxide)、氧化銦鋅(IZO,Indium Zinc Oxide)等透明電極成膜之情形。除透明基板以外,亦能形成於TFT陣列上。 Among them, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, glass and heat-resistant resin are preferred. In addition, there are cases where transparent electrodes such as indium tin oxide (ITO, Indium Tin Oxide), indium zinc oxide (IZO, Indium Zinc Oxide), and the like are formed on the surface of the substrate. In addition to transparent substrates, it can also be formed on TFT arrays.

為了接著性等表面物性之改良,亦可視需要對支持體進行電暈放電處理、臭氧處理、矽烷偶合劑、或胺基甲酸酯系樹脂等各種樹脂之薄膜成形處理等。透明基板之厚度通常設為0.05~10mm,較佳為設為0.1~7mm之範圍。又,於進行各種樹脂之薄膜成形處理之情形時,其膜厚通常為0.01~10μm,較佳為0.05~5μm之範圍。 In order to improve surface properties such as adhesiveness, the support may be subjected to corona discharge treatment, ozone treatment, silane coupling agent, or urethane-based resin film forming treatment, etc., if necessary. The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually set to 0.05-10 mm, preferably in the range of 0.1-7 mm. In addition, in the case of performing film forming processing of various resins, the film thickness is usually 0.01 to 10 μm, preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.

(2)著色間隔件 (2) Colored spacer

本發明之感光性著色組成物係使用於與公知之彩色濾光片用 感光性著色組成物相同之用途。以下,對於用作著色間隔件(黑色感光性間隔件)之情形,依據使用本發明之感光性著色組成物之黑色感光性間隔件之形成方法之具體例進行說明。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is used for well-known color filters The same purpose as the photosensitive color composition. Hereinafter, the case of using as a colored spacer (black photosensitive spacer) will be described based on a specific example of a method for forming a black photosensitive spacer using the photosensitive colored composition of the present invention.

通常,於應設置黑色感光性間隔件之基板上,藉由塗佈等方法呈膜狀或圖案狀地供給感光性著色組成物,並使溶劑乾燥。繼而,藉由進行曝光-顯影之光微影法等方法進行圖案形成。其後,視需要進行追加曝光或熱硬化處理,藉此於該基板上形成黑色感光性間隔件。 Generally, the photosensitive coloring composition is supplied in a film or pattern shape by a method such as coating on a substrate on which a black photosensitive spacer is to be provided, and the solvent is dried. Then, pattern formation is performed by methods such as exposure-development photolithography. Thereafter, if necessary, additional exposure or thermal curing treatment is performed, thereby forming a black photosensitive spacer on the substrate.

(3)著色間隔件之形成 (3) Formation of colored spacers

[1]對基板之供給方法 [1] How to supply substrates

本發明之感光性著色組成物通常係以溶解或分散於溶劑之狀態供給至基板上。作為其供給方法,可藉由先前公知之方法、例如旋轉塗佈機法、線棒塗佈法、流塗法、模嘴塗佈法、輥式塗佈法、噴塗法等進行。又,亦可藉由噴墨法或印刷法等而呈圖案狀地供給。 The photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention is usually supplied on the substrate in a state of being dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. The supply method can be performed by a conventionally known method, such as a spin coater method, a wire bar coating method, a flow coating method, a die nozzle coating method, a roll coating method, a spraying method, and the like. Moreover, it may be supplied in a pattern by an inkjet method, a printing method, or the like.

其中,若利用模嘴塗佈法,則就塗佈液之使用量大幅削減,且完全不存在利用旋轉塗佈法時所附著之薄霧等之影響、異物產生受到抑制等綜合性觀點而言較佳。 Among them, if the die nozzle coating method is used, the amount of coating liquid used is greatly reduced, and there is no such comprehensive viewpoint as the influence of mist attached when using the spin coating method, and the suppression of foreign matter generation. Better.

塗佈量視用途而不同,例如於黑色感光性間隔件之情形時,作為乾燥膜厚,通常為0.5μm~10μm、較佳為1μm~9μm、尤佳為1μm~7μm之範圍。又,重要的是乾燥膜厚或最終形成之間隔件之高度遍及基板全域地均勻。於差異較大之情形時,會於液晶面板產生不均缺陷。 The coating amount varies depending on the application. For example, in the case of a black photosensitive spacer, the dry film thickness is usually 0.5 μm to 10 μm, preferably 1 μm to 9 μm, and particularly preferably 1 μm to 7 μm. Furthermore, it is important that the thickness of the dried film or the height of the spacer finally formed is uniform throughout the entire substrate. In the case of large differences, uneven defects will occur in the liquid crystal panel.

但是,於使用本發明之感光性著色組成物,藉由光微 影法而一次形成高度不同之黑色感光性間隔件之情形時,最終形成之黑色感光性間隔件之高度不同。 However, when using the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, When the black photosensitive spacers with different heights are formed at one time by the shadow method, the heights of the black photosensitive spacers finally formed are different.

再者,作為基板,可使用玻璃基板等公知之基板。又,基板表面較佳為平面。 Furthermore, as the substrate, a known substrate such as a glass substrate can be used. Furthermore, the surface of the substrate is preferably flat.

[2]乾燥方法 [2] Drying method

向基板上供給感光性著色組成物溶液後之乾燥較佳為藉由使用加熱板、IR烘箱、對流烘箱之乾燥方法進行。又,亦可組合不升高溫度而於減壓室內進行乾燥之減壓乾燥法。 The drying after supplying the photosensitive coloring composition solution on the substrate is preferably performed by a drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, or a convection oven. In addition, it is also possible to combine a reduced-pressure drying method of drying in a reduced-pressure chamber without raising the temperature.

乾燥之條件可根據溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機之性能等而適當選擇。根據溶劑成分之種類、所使用之乾燥機之性能等,乾燥時間通常為於40℃~130℃之溫度下在15秒~5分鐘之範圍內選擇,較佳為於50℃~110℃之溫度下在30秒~3分鐘之範圍內選擇。 The drying conditions can be appropriately selected according to the type of solvent components, the performance of the dryer used, etc. According to the type of solvent, the performance of the dryer used, etc., the drying time is usually selected in the range of 15 seconds to 5 minutes at a temperature of 40°C to 130°C, preferably at a temperature of 50°C to 110°C Choose from 30 seconds to 3 minutes.

[3]曝光方法 [3] Exposure method

曝光係於感光性著色組成物之塗佈膜上重疊負遮罩圖案,並介隔該遮罩圖案照射紫外線或可見光線之光源而進行。於使用曝光遮罩進行曝光之情形時,亦可利用使曝光遮罩接近感光性著色組成物之塗佈膜之方法、或將曝光遮罩配置於遠離感光性著色組成物之塗佈膜之位置並投影介隔該曝光遮罩之曝光之光之方法。又,亦可利用不使用遮罩圖案之利用雷射光之掃描曝光方式。 Exposure is performed by superimposing a negative mask pattern on the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition, and irradiating a light source of ultraviolet or visible light through the mask pattern. When an exposure mask is used for exposure, the method of making the exposure mask close to the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition can also be used, or the exposure mask can be placed away from the coating film of the photosensitive coloring composition And the method of projecting the exposure light of the exposure mask. In addition, a scanning exposure method using laser light without using a mask pattern can also be used.

此時,為了視需要防止由氧導致之光聚合性層之感度之降低,亦可於脫氧環境下進行,或者在光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯 醇層等隔氧層之後進行曝光。 At this time, in order to prevent the decrease in sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer caused by oxygen as necessary, it can also be carried out in a deoxidized environment, or polyethylene can be formed on the photopolymerizable layer. The oxygen barrier layer such as the alcohol layer is then exposed.

作為本發明之較佳之態樣,於藉由光微影法同時形成高度不同之黑色感光性間隔件之情形時,例如,使用具有遮光部(透光率0%)、及作為複數個開口部之、相對於平均透光率最高之開口部(完全穿透開口部)平均透光率較小之開口部(中間穿透開口部)的曝光遮罩。藉由該方法,藉由中間穿透開口部與完全穿透開口部之平均透光率之差、即曝光量之差而產生殘膜率之差異。 As a preferable aspect of the present invention, when forming black photosensitive spacers with different heights simultaneously by photolithography, for example, a light-shielding part (transmittance of 0%) and a plurality of openings are used It is an exposure mask for openings (middle penetration openings) with a lower average light transmittance than the openings with the highest average light transmittance (complete penetration openings). With this method, the difference in the residual film rate is caused by the difference in the average light transmittance between the middle penetration opening and the complete penetration opening, that is, the difference in exposure.

中間穿透開口部係已知有例如藉由具有微小之多角形之遮光單元之矩陣狀遮光圖案而作成之方法等。又,已知有藉由作為吸收體之鉻系、鉬系、鎢系、矽系等材料之膜控制透光率而作成之方法等。 The intermediate penetration opening is known, for example, by a method of forming a light-shielding pattern with a matrix of light-shielding units having tiny polygons. In addition, a method of controlling the light transmittance by a film of a chromium-based, molybdenum-based, tungsten-based, silicon-based, or other material as an absorber is known.

上述曝光所使用之光源並無特別限定。作為光源,例如可列舉:氙氣燈、鹵素燈、鎢燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、金屬鹵化物、中壓水銀燈、低壓水銀燈、碳弧、螢光燈等燈光源、或氬離子雷射、YAG雷射、準分子雷射、氮雷射、氦-鎘雷射、青紫色半導體雷射、近紅外半導體雷射等雷射光源等。於照射特定波長之光而使用之情形時,亦可利用光學濾光器。 The light source used for the above exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of light sources include light sources such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halides, medium-pressure mercury lamps, low-pressure mercury lamps, carbon arcs, and fluorescent lamps, or argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium-cadmium lasers, blue-violet semiconductor lasers, near infrared semiconductor lasers and other laser light sources. When irradiating light of a specific wavelength for use, an optical filter can also be used.

作為光學濾光器,例如可以利用薄膜控制曝光波長之透光率之類型,作為該情形時之材質,例如可列舉:Cr化合物(Cr之氧化物、氮化物、氧氮化物、氟化物等)、MoSi、Si、W、Al等。 As an optical filter, for example, a thin film can be used to control the light transmittance of the exposure wavelength. As the material in this case, for example, Cr compounds (Cr oxide, nitride, oxynitride, fluoride, etc.) , MoSi, Si, W, Al, etc.

作為曝光量,通常為1mJ/cm2以上,較佳為5mJ/cm2以上,更佳為10mJ/cm2以上,通常為300mJ/cm2以下,較佳為200mJ/cm2以下,更佳為150mJ/cm2以下。又,於近接曝光方式之情形時,作為曝光對象與遮罩圖案之距離,通常為10μm以上,較佳 為50μm以上,更佳為75μm以上。又,通常為500μm以下,較佳為400μm以下,更佳為300μm以下。 The exposure amount is usually 1mJ / cm 2 or more, preferably from 5mJ / cm 2 or more, more preferably 10mJ / cm 2 or more, typically 300mJ / cm 2 or less, preferably 200mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 150mJ/cm 2 or less. In the case of the proximity exposure method, the distance between the exposure target and the mask pattern is usually 10 μm or more, preferably 50 μm or more, and more preferably 75 μm or more. In addition, it is usually 500 μm or less, preferably 400 μm or less, and more preferably 300 μm or less.

[4]顯影方法 [4] Development method

於進行上述曝光之後,可藉由使用鹼性化合物之水溶液或有機溶劑之顯影而於基板上形成影像圖案。亦可使該水溶液進而包含界面活性劑、有機溶劑、緩衝劑、錯合劑、染料或顏料。 After the above exposure, an image pattern can be formed on the substrate by development using an aqueous solution of an alkaline compound or an organic solvent. The aqueous solution may further contain surfactants, organic solvents, buffers, complexing agents, dyes or pigments.

作為鹼性化合物,可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等無機鹼性化合物、或者單.雙或三乙醇胺、單.雙或三甲胺、單.雙或三乙胺、單或雙異丙胺、正丁胺、單.雙或三異丙醇胺、伸乙亞胺、伸乙二亞胺、氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)、膽鹼等有機鹼性化合物。該等鹼性化合物亦可為2種以上之混合物。 Examples of basic compounds include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, sodium silicate, potassium silicate, sodium metasilicate, sodium phosphate, Potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide and other inorganic alkaline compounds, or single. Double or triethanolamine, single. Double or trimethylamine, single. Double or triethylamine, single or double isopropylamine, n-butylamine, single. Organic basic compounds such as bis or triisopropanolamine, ethyleneimine, ethylenediimide, tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), choline, etc. These basic compounds may also be a mixture of two or more kinds.

作為上述界面活性劑,例如可列舉:聚氧乙烯烷基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基芳基醚類、聚氧乙烯烷基酯類、山梨醇酐烷基酯類、單甘油酯烷基酯類等非離子系界面活性劑;烷基苯磺酸鹽類、烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷基磺酸鹽類、磺基丁二酸酯鹽類等陰離子性界面活性劑;烷基甜菜鹼類、胺基酸類等兩性界面活性劑。 Examples of the above-mentioned surfactant include: polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl esters, sorbitan alkyl esters, and monoglyceride alkyl esters. Nonionic surfactants such as alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl naphthalene sulfonate, alkyl sulfate, alkyl sulfonate, sulfosuccinate and other anionic interface Active agent; amphoteric surfactants such as alkyl betaines and amino acids.

作為有機溶劑,例如可列舉:異丙醇、苄基醇、乙基賽路蘇、丁基賽路蘇、苯基賽路蘇、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。有機溶劑可單獨使用,亦可與水溶液併用而使用。 As the organic solvent, for example, isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, ethyl siloxol, butyl siloxol, phenyl siloxol, propylene glycol, diacetone alcohol, etc. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination with an aqueous solution.

顯影處理之條件並無特別限制,通常,顯影溫度為10~50℃之範圍,其中較佳為15~45℃,尤佳為20~40℃,顯影方法可使用浸漬顯影法、噴射顯影法、磁刷顯影法、超音波顯影法等任一種方法。 The conditions of the development treatment are not particularly limited. Generally, the development temperature is in the range of 10-50°C, among which 15-45°C is preferred, and 20-40°C is particularly preferred. The developing method can use immersion developing method, jet developing method, Any method such as magnetic brush development method and ultrasonic development method.

[5]追加曝光及熱硬化處理 [5] Additional exposure and thermal hardening treatment

對顯影後之基板,亦可視需要藉由與上述曝光方法相同之方法進行追加曝光,又,亦可進行熱硬化處理。關於此時之熱硬化處理條件,溫度係於100℃~280℃之範圍、較佳為150℃~250℃之範圍內選擇,時間係於5分鐘~60分鐘之範圍內選擇。 For the developed substrate, additional exposure may be performed by the same method as the above-mentioned exposure method as needed, and thermal hardening treatment may also be performed. Regarding the thermal hardening treatment conditions at this time, the temperature is selected in the range of 100°C to 280°C, preferably 150°C to 250°C, and the time is selected in the range of 5 minutes to 60 minutes.

本發明之著色間隔件之大小或形狀等係根據應用該著色間隔件之彩色濾光片之規格等而適當調整,本發明之感光性著色組成物尤其對於藉由光微影法同時形成間隔件與子間隔件之高度不同之黑色感光性間隔件之情況較有用,於該情形時,間隔件之高度通常為2~7μm左右,子間隔件具有通常較間隔件低0.2~1.5μm左右之高度。 The size or shape of the colored spacer of the present invention is appropriately adjusted according to the specifications of the color filter to which the colored spacer is applied. The photosensitive colored composition of the present invention is particularly suitable for forming the spacer simultaneously by photolithography. It is more useful for black photosensitive spacers that are different in height from the sub-spacers. In this case, the height of the spacers is usually about 2~7μm, and the sub-spacers have a height that is usually about 0.2~1.5μm lower than the spacers. .

又,關於本發明之著色間隔件之每1μm之光學密度(OD),就遮光性之觀點而言,較佳為1.2以上,更佳為1.5以上,進而較佳為1.8以上。又,通常為4.0以下,較佳為3.0以下。此處,光學密度(OD)為藉由下述方法所測定之值。 In addition, the optical density (OD) per 1 μm of the colored spacer of the present invention is preferably 1.2 or more, more preferably 1.5 or more, and still more preferably 1.8 or more from the viewpoint of light-shielding. Moreover, it is usually 4.0 or less, preferably 3.0 or less. Here, the optical density (OD) is a value measured by the following method.

[彩色濾光片] [Color filter]

本發明之彩色濾光片為具有如上所述之本發明之著色間隔件者,例如於作為透明基板之玻璃基板上積層黑矩陣、紅色、綠色、 藍色之像素著色層、及保護層而形成著色間隔件後形成配向膜而製造。 The color filter of the present invention is one having the coloring spacer of the present invention as described above, for example, a black matrix, red, green, etc. are laminated on a glass substrate as a transparent substrate. The blue pixel colored layer and the protective layer are formed by forming colored spacers and then forming an alignment film.

將此種具有本發明之著色間隔件之彩色濾光片與液晶驅動側基板貼合而形成液晶單元,並向所形成之液晶單元注入液晶,藉此可製造具備本發明之著色間隔件之液晶顯示裝置等影像顯示裝置。 The color filter with the colored spacer of the present invention is bonded to the liquid crystal drive side substrate to form a liquid crystal cell, and liquid crystal is injected into the formed liquid crystal cell, thereby making it possible to manufacture a liquid crystal with the colored spacer of the present invention Video display devices such as display devices.

實施例 Example

其次,列舉實施例及比較例而更具體地說明本發明,但本發明只要不超出其主旨則並不限定於以下實施例。以下實施例及比較例中所使用之感光性著色組成物之構成成分如下所述。 Next, examples and comparative examples are given to explain the present invention more specifically, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as it does not exceed the gist. The constituent components of the photosensitive coloring composition used in the following examples and comparative examples are as follows.

<有機黑色顏料> <Organic Black Pigment>

BASF公司製造之Irgaphor(註冊商標)Black S 0100 CF(具有下述式(2)所表示之化學構造) Irgaphor (registered trademark) Black S 0100 CF manufactured by BASF (has the chemical structure represented by the following formula (2))

[化30]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0095-40
[化30]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0095-40

<鹼可溶性樹脂-I> <Alkali-soluble resin-I>

對丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145質量份一面進行氮氣置換一面攪拌,並升溫至120℃。此時,滴加苯乙烯10質量份、環氧丙基甲基丙烯酸酯85.2質量份及具有三環癸烷骨架之單丙烯酸酯(日立化成公司製造之FA-513M)66質量份,且耗費3小時滴加2,2'-偶氮雙-2- 甲基丁腈8.47質量份,進而於90℃下持續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器內變更為空氣置換,向丙烯酸43.2質量份投入三-二甲胺基甲基苯酚0.7質量份及對苯二酚0.12質量份,並於100℃下持續反應12小時。其後,添加四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐(THPA)56.2質量份、三乙胺0.7質量份,並於100℃下反應3.5小時。以此方式所獲得之鹼可溶性樹脂-I之藉由GPC所測定之重量平均分子量Mw為約8400,酸值為80mgKOH/g。 The temperature was increased to 120°C while stirring 145 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate while replacing it with nitrogen. At this time, 10 parts by mass of styrene, 85.2 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 66 parts by mass of monoacrylate (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) having a tricyclodecane skeleton were added dropwise, and it cost 3 2,2'-azobis-2- 8.47 parts by mass of methyl butyronitrile, and further continued stirring at 90°C for 2 hours. Next, the inside of the reaction vessel was changed to air replacement, 0.7 parts by mass of tris-dimethylaminomethyl phenol and 0.12 parts by mass of hydroquinone were put into 43.2 parts by mass of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at 100°C for 12 hours. Then, 56.2 parts by mass of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) and 0.7 parts by mass of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 100°C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of the alkali-soluble resin-I obtained in this way was about 8,400, and the acid value was 80 mgKOH/g.

<鹼可溶性樹脂-II> <Alkali-soluble resin-II>

日本化藥股份有限公司製造之「ZCR-1642H」(MW=6500、酸值=98mg-KOH/g) "ZCR-1642H" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (MW=6500, acid value=98mg-KOH/g)

<分散劑-I> <Dispersant-I>

BYK-Chemie公司製造之「DISPERBYK-LPN21116」(包含側鏈具有四級銨鹽基及三級胺基之A嵌段及不具有四級銨鹽基及胺基之B嵌段的丙烯酸系A-B嵌段共聚合體。胺值為70mgKOH/g。酸值為1mgKOH/g以下。) "DISPERBYK-LPN21116" manufactured by BYK-Chemie (including the A block with a quaternary ammonium salt group and a tertiary amino group in the side chain and an acrylic AB block without a quaternary ammonium salt group and an amino group Stage copolymer. The amine value is 70mgKOH/g. The acid value is less than 1mgKOH/g.)

分散劑-I之A嵌段中包含下述式(1a)及(2a)之重複單位,B嵌段中包含下述式(3a)之重複單位。下述式(1a)、(2a)、及(3a)之重複單位於分散劑-I之總重複單位中所占之含有比例分別為11.1莫耳%、22.2莫耳%、6.7莫耳%。 The A block of the dispersant-I contains the repeating unit of the following formulas (1a) and (2a), and the B block includes the repeating unit of the following formula (3a). The content ratios of the repeating units of the following formulas (1a), (2a), and (3a) in the total repeating units of the dispersant-I are 11.1 mol%, 22.2 mol%, and 6.7 mol%, respectively.

[化31]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0097-41
[化31]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0097-41

<分散劑-II> <Dispersant-II>

BYK-Chemie公司製造之「DISPERBYK-167」(胺基甲酸酯系高分子分散劑) "DISPERBYK-167" (urethane-based polymer dispersant) manufactured by BYK-Chemie

<顏料衍生物> <Pigment Derivatives>

Lubrizol公司製造之「Solsperse12000」 "Solsperse12000" manufactured by Lubrizol

<溶劑-I> <Solvent-I>

PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 PGMEA: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

<溶劑-II> <Solvent-II>

MB:3-乙氧基丁醇 MB: 3-ethoxybutanol

<光聚合起始劑-I> <Photopolymerization Initiator-I>

Irgacure OXE03(BASF公司製造) Irgacure OXE03 (made by BASF Corporation)

[化32]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-43
[化32]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-43

<光聚合起始劑-II> <Photopolymerization initiator-II>

[化33]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-44
[化33]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-44

<光聚合起始劑-III> <Photopolymerization initiator-III>

[化34]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-45
[化34]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0098-45

<光聚合性單體> <Photopolymerizable monomer>

DPHA:日本化藥股份有限公司製造之二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 DPHA: Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

<添加剤> <Additive>

日本化藥股份有限公司製造之KAYAMER PM-21(含甲基丙烯 醯基之磷酸酯) KAYAMER PM-21 (containing methacrylic acid) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Phosphate Ester of Acetone)

<界面活性劑> <Surfactant>

DIC股份有限公司製造之MEGAFAC F-559 MEGAFAC F-559 manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.

<光學密度(OD)之評價> <Evaluation of Optical Density (OD)>

藉由透過濃度計(GretagMacbeth公司製造「D200-II」)測定光學密度(OD)。進而亦對測定部位之膜厚進行測定,算出每單位膜厚(1μm)之光學密度(單位OD)。 The optical density (OD) was measured by passing through a densitometer (“D200-II” manufactured by GretagMacbeth). Furthermore, the film thickness of the measurement site was also measured, and the optical density (unit OD) per unit film thickness (1 μm) was calculated.

<基板密接性之評價> <Evaluation of substrate adhesion>

對於成為對象之圖案,將解像性良好且圖案殘留於基板上者中開口直徑最小者之開口直徑(μm)之值設為最小密接。該值越小則基板密接性越優異。 For the target pattern, the value of the opening diameter (μm) of the smallest opening diameter among those with good resolution and the pattern remaining on the substrate is set as the smallest close contact. The smaller the value, the better the substrate adhesion.

<表面平滑性之評價> <Evaluation of Surface Smoothness>

對於成為對象之圖案,藉由光學顯微鏡於70μm×70μm之視野內觀察加熱後之表面是否產生皺褶。再者,評價基準如下所述。 For the target pattern, observe whether the heated surface has wrinkles in a field of 70μm×70μm with an optical microscope. In addition, the evaluation criteria are as follows.

○:於圖案表面未觀察到微米級之皺褶 ○: No micron-level wrinkles are observed on the pattern surface

×:於圖案表面微米級之皺褶極為明顯 ×: Micron-level wrinkles on the pattern surface are extremely obvious

<表面粗度之評價> <Evaluation of surface roughness>

對於成為對象之圖案,藉由Ryoka Systems股份有限公司之立體非接觸表面形狀計測系統Micromap,使用50倍之光學透鏡,以聚焦模式於70μm×70μm之視野中測定表面粗度Sa(算術平均粗 度、nm)。 For the target pattern, the three-dimensional non-contact surface shape measurement system Micromap of Ryoka Systems Co., Ltd. uses a 50x optical lens to measure the surface roughness Sa (arithmetic mean roughness) in a field of view of 70μm×70μm in a focus mode. Degrees, nm).

<顏料分散液1之製備> <Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquid 1>

將表1所記載之顏料、分散劑、分散助劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、及溶劑以成為表1所記載之質量比之方式混合。藉由塗料振盪機對該溶液於25~45℃之範圍內進行3小時分散處理。使用0.5mm

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0100-107
之氧化鋯珠作為珠粒,並添加分散液之2.5倍之質量。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離而製備顏料分散液1。 The pigments, dispersants, dispersion aids, alkali-soluble resins, and solvents described in Table 1 were mixed so as to achieve the mass ratios described in Table 1. Disperse the solution in the range of 25~45°C for 3 hours with a paint shaker. Use 0.5mm
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0100-107
The zirconia beads are used as beads, and 2.5 times the mass of the dispersion is added. After the dispersion was completed, the beads and the dispersion were separated by a filter to prepare the pigment dispersion 1.

[表1]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0100-48
[Table 1]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0100-48

<顏料分散液2及3之製備> <Preparation of Pigment Dispersion Liquids 2 and 3>

除將表1所記載之顏料、分散劑、分散助劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、及溶劑以成為表1所記載之質量比之方式混合以外,以與顏料分散液1相同之方式製備顏料分散液2及3。 Except that the pigment, dispersant, dispersing aid, alkali-soluble resin, and solvent described in Table 1 were mixed so that the mass ratio described in Table 1 was mixed, a pigment dispersion liquid 2 was prepared in the same manner as the pigment dispersion liquid 1. And 3.

<顏料分散液4(被覆碳黑分散液)> <Pigment Dispersion 4 (Coated Carbon Black Dispersion)>

碳黑係以通常之油爐法製造。其中,作為原料油,使用Na、 Ca、S分量較少之乙烯底油,燃燒用係使用焦煤爐氣。進而,作為反應停止水,使用經離子交換樹脂處理過之純水。使用均質攪拌機將所獲得之碳黑540g與純水14500g共同以5,000~6,000rpm攪拌30分鐘而獲得漿體。將該漿體轉移至附螺旋型攪拌機之容器並一面以約1,000rpm進行混合一面將溶解有環氧樹脂「Epikote 828」(三菱化學股份有限公司製造)60g之甲苯600g逐次少量地添加。於約15分鐘內,分散於水中之碳黑全部移動至甲苯側,成為約1mm之顆粒。 Carbon black is manufactured by the usual oil furnace method. Among them, as the feedstock oil, Na, Ethylene bottom oil with less Ca and S content, using coke oven gas for combustion. Furthermore, as the reaction stop water, pure water treated with an ion exchange resin was used. Using a homomixer, 540 g of the obtained carbon black and 14,500 g of pure water were mixed together at 5,000 to 6,000 rpm for 30 minutes to obtain a slurry. This slurry was transferred to a container with a screw-type mixer, and while mixing at about 1,000 rpm, 600 g of toluene in which 60 g of epoxy resin "Epikote 828" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) was dissolved was added in small amounts. In about 15 minutes, all the carbon black dispersed in the water moved to the toluene side and became about 1mm particles.

其次,利用60目之金屬網進行甩水之後,放入真空乾燥機於70℃下乾燥7小時而將甲苯及水完全去除。將所獲得之被覆碳黑、分散劑、顏料衍生物及溶劑以成為表2所記載之質量比之方式混合。 Next, after shaking water with a 60-mesh metal mesh, it was placed in a vacuum dryer and dried at 70°C for 7 hours to completely remove toluene and water. The obtained coated carbon black, dispersant, pigment derivative, and solvent were mixed so that the mass ratio described in Table 2 would be obtained.

藉由攪拌機將其充分攪拌而進行預混。其次,藉由塗料混合機於25~45℃之範圍內進行6小時之分散處理。使用0.5mm

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0101-108
之氧化鋯珠作為珠粒,並添加與分散液相同之質量。分散結束後,藉由過濾器將珠粒與分散液分離而製備。 It is premixed by fully stirring it with a mixer. Secondly, a 6-hour dispersion treatment is carried out in the range of 25~45℃ by the paint mixer. Use 0.5mm
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0101-108
The zirconia beads are used as beads and added with the same mass as the dispersion. After the dispersion is completed, the beads are separated from the dispersion by a filter.

[實施例1及2、比較例1~3] [Examples 1 and 2, Comparative Examples 1 to 3]

使用上述所製備之顏料分散液1~4,以成為表2之調配比例之方式添加各成分,進而以固形份成為22質量%之方式添加PGMEA並攪拌使其溶解,從而製備感光性著色組成物。使用所獲得之感光性著色組成物,以下述方法進行評價。再者,表2中之上段之值表示各成分之使用量。另一方面,下段之值係以相對於感光性著色組成物之總固形份量之含有比例表示各成分之固形份量。 Using the pigment dispersions 1 to 4 prepared above, each component was added so that the blending ratios in Table 2 would become, and then PGMEA was added so that the solid content became 22% by mass and stirred and dissolved to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition . Using the obtained photosensitive coloring composition, it evaluated by the following method. Furthermore, the upper row values in Table 2 indicate the usage amount of each ingredient. On the other hand, the value in the lower stage represents the solid content of each component in terms of the content ratio relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition.

[表2]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0102-109
[Table 2]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0102-109

<高度不同之硬化物之一次形成方法> <One-time formation method of hardened objects with different heights>

使用旋轉塗佈機於玻璃基板(AGC公司製造之「AN100」)上塗佈各感光性著色組成物。繼而,於100℃下在加熱板上加熱乾燥70秒鐘而形成塗佈膜。對所獲得之塗佈膜,使用具有直徑5~50μm(5~20μm:每隔1μm;25μm~50μm:每隔5μm)之各種直徑之圓形圖案之完全穿透開口部及直徑5~50μm(5~20μm:每隔1μm;25μm~50μm:每隔5μm)之各種直徑之圓形圖案之中間穿透開口 部、以及使用具有寬度100μm之直線開口部(完全透過)之曝光遮罩實施曝光處理。中間穿透開口部為Cr氧化物之薄膜且將波長365nm下之透光率設為10±2%。曝光間隙(遮罩與塗佈面間之距離)為220μm。作為照射光,使用波長365nm下之強度為32mW/cm2之紫外線,曝光量係設為100mJ/cm2。又,紫外線照射係於空氣下進行。 A spin coater was used to coat each photosensitive coloring composition on a glass substrate ("AN100" manufactured by AGC). Then, it heated and dried on a hotplate at 100 degreeC for 70 second, and formed the coating film. For the obtained coating film, a circular pattern of various diameters with a diameter of 5-50μm (5-20μm: every 1μm; 25μm-50μm: every 5μm) is used with a fully penetrating opening and a diameter of 5-50μm ( 5~20μm: every 1μm; 25μm~50μm: every 5μm) the middle penetration opening of the circular pattern of various diameters, and the exposure mask with a linear opening (complete penetration) with a width of 100μm . The middle penetration opening is a thin film of Cr oxide and the light transmittance at a wavelength of 365nm is set to 10±2%. The exposure gap (the distance between the mask and the coated surface) is 220 μm. As the irradiation light, ultraviolet rays with an intensity of 32 mW/cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm were used, and the exposure amount was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 . In addition, ultraviolet irradiation is performed under air.

繼而,使用包含含有0.05質量%之氫氧化鉀及0.08質量%之非離子性界面活性劑(花王公司製造之「A-60」)之水溶液之顯影液,於25℃下實施水壓0.15MPa之噴淋顯影之後,藉由純水停止顯影並藉由水洗噴射而洗淨。噴淋顯影時間係於10~120秒鐘之間進行調整,且設為將未曝光之塗膜溶解去除之時間之1.5倍。藉由該等操作,獲得已將多餘部分去除之圖案。將形成有該圖案之基板於烘箱中以230℃加熱20分鐘而使圖案硬化,獲得大致圓柱狀之間隔件圖案。 Then, using a developer containing an aqueous solution containing 0.05% by mass of potassium hydroxide and 0.08% by mass of a non-ionic surfactant ("A-60" manufactured by Kao Corporation), a water pressure of 0.15MPa at 25°C After the spray development, the development is stopped with pure water and washed with water spray. The spray developing time is adjusted between 10 and 120 seconds, and is set to 1.5 times the time to dissolve and remove the unexposed coating film. Through these operations, the pattern with the excess part removed is obtained. The substrate with the pattern formed was heated in an oven at 230° C. for 20 minutes to harden the pattern to obtain a substantially cylindrical spacer pattern.

利用上述方法對與上述直線開口部對應之圖案之每單位膜厚(1μm)之光學密度(OD)進行測定。又,於與5~50μm之圓形圖案之完全穿透開口部、及同樣與5~50μm之中間穿透開口部對應之圖案中,利用上述方法進行基板密接性之評價。進而,對於與上述直線開口部對應之圖案,利用上述方法進行表面平滑性之評價。又,對於與上述直線開口部對應之圖案,利用上述方法進行表面粗度之評價。將結果分別示於表2。 The optical density (OD) per unit film thickness (1 μm) of the pattern corresponding to the linear opening was measured by the above method. In addition, in the pattern corresponding to the complete penetration opening of the circular pattern of 5-50 μm and the pattern corresponding to the intermediate penetration opening of 5-50 μm, the evaluation of the adhesion of the substrate was performed by the above method. Furthermore, the surface smoothness of the pattern corresponding to the said linear opening part was evaluated by the said method. In addition, the surface roughness of the pattern corresponding to the linear opening was evaluated by the method described above. The results are shown in Table 2, respectively.

確認到使用實施例1及2之感光性著色組成物之塗佈基板之單位OD較高,遮光性優異且表面平滑性優異。又,中間穿透開口部之基板密接性亦良好。另一方面,確認到比較例1~3與 實施例1及2之單位OD之值相同,但表面平滑性較差,而且中間穿透開口部之基板密接性較差。 It was confirmed that the coated substrate using the photosensitive coloring composition of Examples 1 and 2 had a high unit OD, excellent light-shielding properties, and excellent surface smoothness. In addition, the adhesion of the substrate through the opening in the middle is also good. On the other hand, it was confirmed that Comparative Examples 1 to 3 and The unit OD values of Examples 1 and 2 are the same, but the surface smoothness is poor, and the adhesion of the substrate through the opening in the middle is poor.

一般,為了提高著色間隔件之遮光性,已知有提高顏料濃度之方法、或併用遮光性較高之顏料之方法。然而,認為若應用此種方法,則紫外穿透率降低,於膜厚方向產生交聯密度差,與膜之底部相比,膜表面之交聯密度變高,且因熱硬化過程之熱收縮而於膜表面產生皺褶,表面平滑性變差。 Generally, in order to improve the light-shielding property of the colored spacer, a method of increasing the pigment concentration or a method of using a pigment with a higher light-shielding property is known. However, it is believed that if this method is applied, the UV transmittance will decrease, resulting in a difference in cross-linking density in the film thickness direction. Compared with the bottom of the film, the cross-linking density of the film surface becomes higher, and the heat shrinks due to the thermal hardening process. On the other hand, wrinkles are generated on the film surface, and the surface smoothness is deteriorated.

於本發明之感光性著色組成物中,認為由於使用上述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物作為光聚合起始劑,故而因該化合物之化學構造中之鹵素原子,該化合物容易於膜表面附近分佈起始劑,因受到氧阻礙之影響而抑制膜表面之交聯密度過度地變高,可減少熱硬化過程之熱收縮所致之膜表面之皺褶之產生。 In the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, it is considered that since the oxime ester compound represented by the above formula (I) is used as the photopolymerization initiator, the compound is easily deposited on the film due to the halogen atom in the chemical structure of the compound. The distribution of the initiator near the surface prevents the crosslinking density of the film surface from becoming excessively high due to the influence of oxygen hindrance, which can reduce the generation of wrinkles on the film surface caused by the heat shrinkage of the thermal hardening process.

又,認為因該化合物之咔唑骨架中之萘環,而使長波長光之吸收性變高,亦可利用紫外線燈所含之長波長光來提高膜底部附近之交聯密度,因此即便為以如中間穿透開口部般穿透率較低之開口部所形成之圖案,基板密接性亦變得良好。 In addition, it is believed that the naphthalene ring in the carbazole skeleton of the compound increases the absorption of long-wavelength light. The long-wavelength light contained in an ultraviolet lamp can also be used to increase the crosslinking density near the bottom of the film. The pattern formed by the opening with a lower penetration rate like the middle penetration opening also improves the adhesion of the substrate.

[實施例3及比較例4] [Example 3 and Comparative Example 4]

使用上述所製備之顏料分散液3及4,以固形份中之比率成為表3之調配比例之方式添加各成分,進而以固形份成為22質量%之方式添加PGMEA並攪拌使其溶解,從而製備感光性著色組成物。使用所獲得之感光性著色組成物,除將曝光處理中之曝光量設為40mJ/cm2以外,以與實施例1相同之順序進行評價。再者,表3中之上段之值表示各成分之使用量。另一方面,下段之值係以相 對於感光性著色組成物之總固形份量之含有比例表示各成分之固形份量。又,表面平滑性之評價之視野係設為5cm×5cm。 Using the pigment dispersions 3 and 4 prepared above, each component was added so that the solid content ratio became the blending ratio in Table 3, and then PGMEA was added so that the solid content became 22% by mass and stirred to dissolve it. Photosensitive coloring composition. Using the obtained photosensitive coloring composition, the evaluation was performed in the same procedure as in Example 1, except that the exposure amount in the exposure treatment was 40 mJ/cm 2 . Furthermore, the upper row values in Table 3 indicate the usage amount of each ingredient. On the other hand, the value in the lower stage represents the solid content of each component in terms of the content ratio relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive coloring composition. In addition, the field of view for the evaluation of surface smoothness was set to 5 cm×5 cm.

[表3]

Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0105-51
[table 3]
Figure 109127386-A0101-12-0105-51

確認到使用實施例3之感光性著色組成物之塗佈基板其單位OD較高,遮光性優異且表面平滑性優異。又,中間穿透開口部之基板密接性亦良好。另一方面,確認到比較例4雖與實施例3之單位OD值相同,但表面平滑性較差,表面粗度之值亦較大,進而,中間穿透開口部之基板密接性較差。 It was confirmed that the coated substrate using the photosensitive coloring composition of Example 3 had a high unit OD, excellent light shielding properties, and excellent surface smoothness. In addition, the adhesion of the substrate through the opening in the middle is also good. On the other hand, it was confirmed that although the unit OD value of Comparative Example 4 was the same as that of Example 3, the surface smoothness was inferior, and the value of the surface roughness was also large. Furthermore, the adhesion of the substrate in the middle penetration opening was poor.

使用特定之態樣對本發明進行詳細說明,對從業者而言明白可在不脫離本發明之意圖及範圍而進行各種變更及變形。再者,本申請案係基於2015年3月11日提出申請之日本專利申請(日本專利特願2015-048577)、2015年3月11日提出申請之日本專利申請(日本專利特願2015-048578)、及2015年8月7日提出申請之 日本專利申請(日本專利特願2015-157456),且以引用之形式援引其全部內容。 The present invention is described in detail using a specific aspect, and it is clear to the practitioner that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the intent and scope of the present invention. Furthermore, this application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on March 11, 2015 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-048577), and a Japanese patent application filed on March 11, 2015 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-048578) ), and the application submitted on August 7, 2015 Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-157456), and the entire content is cited in the form of citation.

(產業上之可利用性) (Industrial availability)

根據本發明之感光性著色組成物,可提供遮光性較高且表面平滑性優異之硬化物及著色間隔件,進而,可提供具備此種著色間隔件之影像顯示裝置。由此,本發明於感光性著色組成物、硬化物、著色間隔件及影像顯示裝置之各領域中,產業上之可利用性極高。 According to the photosensitive coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to provide a cured product and a colored spacer having high light-shielding properties and excellent surface smoothness, and further, an image display device having such a colored spacer can be provided. Therefore, the present invention has extremely high industrial applicability in various fields of photosensitive color composition, cured product, color spacer, and image display device.

Figure 109127386-A0101-11-0003-3
Figure 109127386-A0101-11-0003-3

Claims (4)

一種著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其係含有(a)著色劑、(b)鹼可溶性樹脂、(c)光聚合起始劑、(d)乙烯性不飽和化合物、(e)溶劑、及(f)分散劑者,其特徵在於: A photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer, which contains (a) a colorant, (b) an alkali-soluble resin, (c) a photopolymerization initiator, (d) an ethylenically unsaturated compound, and (e) a solvent , And (f) Dispersant, characterized by: 上述(c)光聚合起始劑包含下述式(I)所表示之肟酯系化合物, The aforementioned (c) photopolymerization initiator includes an oxime ester compound represented by the following formula (I), [化1]
Figure 109127386-A0101-13-0001-47
[化1]
Figure 109127386-A0101-13-0001-47
(上述通式(I)中, (In the above general formula (I), R1表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基, R 1 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, R2表示可具有取代基之烷醯基、或可具有取代基之芳醯基, R 2 represents an alkane group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent, R3表示氫原子、或可具有取代基之烷基, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent, R4表示可具有取代基之芳香族環基, R 4 represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent, R5及R6分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環,其中,R5及R6之至少任一者為可具有取代基之萘環, R 5 and R 6 each independently represent an optionally substituted benzene ring or an optionally substituted naphthalene ring, wherein at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an optionally substituted naphthalene ring, R1及R4之至少任一者具有-OR7基作為取代基,其中,R7表示鹵烷基, At least one of R 1 and R 4 has a -OR 7 group as a substituent, wherein R 7 represents a haloalkyl group, X表示直接鍵或羰基, X represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group, Z表示直接鍵或羰基)。 Z represents a direct bond or a carbonyl group).
如請求項1之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述(a)著色劑含有選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種、及選自由藍色顏料及紫色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種。 The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to claim 1, wherein the (a) colorant contains at least one selected from the group consisting of red pigments and orange pigments, and is selected from blue pigments and purple At least one of the group of pigments. 如請求項2之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,上述紅色顏料為以下之(1),上述橙色顏料為以下之(2),上述藍色顏料為以下之(3),上述紫色顏料為以下之(4), The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer of claim 2, wherein the red pigment is the following (1), the orange pigment is the following (2), the blue pigment is the following (3), the above The purple pigment is (4) below, (1)選自C.I.顏料紅177、254中之至少1種 (1) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Red 177 and 254 (2)選自C.I.顏料橙43、64中之至少1種 (2) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Orange 43, 64 (3)選自C.I.顏料藍15:6、60中之至少1種 (3) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Blue 15: 6, 60 (4)選自C.I.顏料紫23、29中之至少1種。 (4) At least one selected from C.I. Pigment Violet 23 and 29. 如請求項2或3之著色間隔件形成用感光性著色組成物,其中,選自由紅色顏料及橙色顏料所組成群組中之至少1種顏料相對於上述(a)著色劑100質量份之含有比例為1質量份以上且30質量份以下。 The photosensitive coloring composition for forming a colored spacer according to claim 2 or 3, wherein at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a red pigment and an orange pigment is contained relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant (a) The ratio is 1 part by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less.
TW109127386A 2015-03-11 2016-03-11 Photosensitive colored composition TWI776205B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015048577 2015-03-11
JP2015-048577 2015-03-11
JP2015-048578 2015-03-11
JP2015048578 2015-03-11
JP2015157456 2015-08-07
JP2015-157456 2015-08-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202100665A true TW202100665A (en) 2021-01-01
TWI776205B TWI776205B (en) 2022-09-01

Family

ID=56879478

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109127386A TWI776205B (en) 2015-03-11 2016-03-11 Photosensitive colored composition
TW105107542A TWI763625B (en) 2015-03-11 2016-03-11 Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105107542A TWI763625B (en) 2015-03-11 2016-03-11 Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7131907B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102491215B1 (en)
CN (2) CN107407881A (en)
TW (2) TWI776205B (en)
WO (1) WO2016143878A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI686670B (en) * 2015-03-30 2020-03-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive composition, cured film, pattern forming method, infrared cut filter with light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2017038708A1 (en) * 2015-08-31 2017-03-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring photosensitive composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing cured film
KR20190062374A (en) * 2016-10-14 2019-06-05 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, image display device
KR102080235B1 (en) * 2016-10-28 2020-02-21 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, black photosensitive resin layer using the same and color filter
JP6380723B1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2018-08-29 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP7396786B2 (en) * 2017-02-24 2023-12-12 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film, light-shielding film, liquid crystal display device, method for producing light-shielding film having spacer function, and method for producing liquid crystal display device
KR102300328B1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2021-09-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 A black colored photosensitive resin composition and display device produced using the same
JP2018205605A (en) * 2017-06-07 2018-12-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Coloring photosensitive resin composition, cured product, organic electroluminescent element, image display device and illumination
JP7351221B2 (en) * 2017-06-30 2023-09-27 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP7051321B2 (en) * 2017-07-21 2022-04-11 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device
JP7079581B2 (en) * 2017-08-31 2022-06-02 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product forming method, cured product, panel for image display device, and image display device
JP6374595B1 (en) * 2017-09-26 2018-08-15 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, display device, and pattern forming method
KR101923832B1 (en) * 2017-11-20 2019-02-27 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, and pattern formed therefrom, color filter comprising thereof and liquid crystal display device comprigin the color filter
JP7095989B2 (en) * 2017-12-28 2022-07-05 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, cured product forming method, color filter, and image display device
KR102509789B1 (en) 2018-03-29 2023-03-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and image display apparatus comprising the same
JP7360798B2 (en) * 2019-02-21 2023-10-13 サカタインクス株式会社 Colored composition and colored resist composition containing the same
JP7263153B2 (en) * 2019-06-27 2023-04-24 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, cured product, black matrix, black bank, color filter, image display device, and method for producing patterned cured film
TW202116409A (en) * 2019-09-06 2021-05-01 日商三菱化學股份有限公司 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, image display device and pigment dispersion liquid for image display devices
JP7439530B2 (en) 2020-01-23 2024-02-28 Toppanホールディングス株式会社 Optical module and display device
KR20220095288A (en) 2020-12-29 2022-07-07 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Display device and tiled display device including the same
CN113372757A (en) * 2021-07-29 2021-09-10 业成科技(成都)有限公司 Ultraviolet light curing printing ink

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08234212A (en) 1995-02-28 1996-09-13 Casio Comput Co Ltd Liquid crystal display element
JP4493487B2 (en) * 2004-12-03 2010-06-30 凸版印刷株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter using the same
JP2006162874A (en) * 2004-12-06 2006-06-22 Fujikura Ltd Optical fiber cable with connector
KR101266295B1 (en) 2009-09-09 2013-05-23 제일모직주식회사 Black photosensitive resin composition and black matrix manufactured by using the same
JP4914972B2 (en) * 2010-06-04 2012-04-11 ダイトーケミックス株式会社 Oxime ester compound, method for producing oxime ester compound, photopolymerization initiator, and photosensitive composition
KR101831912B1 (en) 2010-10-05 2018-02-26 바스프 에스이 Oxime ester derivatives of benzocarbazole compounds and their use as photoinitiators in photopolymerizable compositions
JP2012181509A (en) * 2011-02-08 2012-09-20 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive coloring composition, colored spacer, color filter and liquid crystal display device
KR101349622B1 (en) * 2011-08-26 2014-01-10 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Photopolymerizable unsaturated resin, photosensitive resin composition comprising the same, and light shielding spacer and liquid crystal display device formed therefrom
WO2013062011A1 (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-05-02 三菱化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, colored spacer, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
KR102006041B1 (en) * 2011-12-07 2019-07-31 바스프 에스이 Oxime ester photoinitiators
KR101225695B1 (en) * 2012-01-20 2013-02-05 (주)휴넷플러스 New high sensitive a-ketoximester photo compounds and photosensitive composition comprising the same
KR102078989B1 (en) 2012-01-31 2020-02-19 미쯔비시 케미컬 주식회사 Colored photosensitive composition, black photo spacer, and color filter
US9217070B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2015-12-22 Basf Se Black colorant mixture
JP6021473B2 (en) * 2012-07-02 2016-11-09 株式会社日本化学工業所 Novel photopolymerization initiator and photosensitive resin composition using them
JP6031901B2 (en) * 2012-09-06 2016-11-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, colored film and color filter
JP2014139668A (en) * 2012-12-20 2014-07-31 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored cured object and its manufacturing method, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP6170673B2 (en) * 2012-12-27 2017-07-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition for color filter, infrared transmission filter, method for producing the same, and infrared sensor
KR101658374B1 (en) * 2013-01-25 2016-09-22 롬엔드하스전자재료코리아유한회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition with dual property for column spacer and black matrix
JP6096146B2 (en) * 2013-05-10 2017-03-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2014208348A1 (en) * 2013-06-24 2014-12-31 東レ株式会社 Black resin composition for touch panels
KR101966125B1 (en) * 2014-05-01 2019-04-05 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and infrared sensor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20170126912A (en) 2017-11-20
CN107407881A (en) 2017-11-28
CN113608408A (en) 2021-11-05
TWI776205B (en) 2022-09-01
JP7131907B2 (en) 2022-09-06
TW201634591A (en) 2016-10-01
JP7268700B2 (en) 2023-05-08
KR102491215B1 (en) 2023-01-20
JPWO2016143878A1 (en) 2017-12-28
JP2023106388A (en) 2023-08-01
TWI763625B (en) 2022-05-11
JP2021182150A (en) 2021-11-25
WO2016143878A1 (en) 2016-09-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI776205B (en) Photosensitive colored composition
TWI711882B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, image display device
TWI759427B (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
TWI794156B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP6543968B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP2016177190A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for forming colored spacer, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP6528475B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP2022078139A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured material, coloring spacer, image display device
JP6561533B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP7485147B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
TWI829830B (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, hardened material, coloring spacer, and image display device
JP7230559B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device
JP7006358B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, coloring spacer, and image display device
JPWO2019004427A1 (en) Photosensitive colored composition, cured product, colored spacer, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent